Garmin | Cirrus Perspective SR22T | Garmin Cirrus Perspective SR22T Cirrus Perspective Cockpit Reference Guide for the SR20/SR22/SR22T

Garmin Cirrus Perspective  SR22T Cirrus Perspective  Cockpit Reference Guide for the SR20/SR22/SR22T
CIRRUS PERSPECTIVE+
Cockpit Reference Guide
Cirrus SR2x
System Software Version 2647.N2 or later
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)
NAV/COM/TRANSPONDER/AUDIO PANEL
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ABNORMAL OPERATIONS
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS
APPENDIX
INDEX
Copyright © 2016-2017, 2019 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software Version 2647.N2 or later for the Cirrus
SR2x aircraft. Some differences in operation may be observed when comparing the information
in this manual to earlier or later software versions.
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A.
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Hounsdown Business Park
Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR U.K.
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road
Xizhi District, New Taipei City, Taiwan
Contact Garmin Product Support at www.flygarmin.com.
For warranty information refer to www.flygarmin.com.
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied,
transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored in any storage medium, for any purpose
without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to
download a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or
other electronic storage medium to be viewed for personal use, provided that such electronic
or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright
notice and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any
revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Garmin®, FliteCharts®, Connext®, and SafeTaxi® are registered trademarks of Garmin
International, Inc. or its subsidiaries. Garmin ESP™, Garmin SVT™, and SurfaceWatch™ are
trademarks of Garmin International, Inc. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used
without the express permission of Garmin.
SiriusXM® Weather and SiriusXM® Satellite Radio are provided by SiriusXM® Satellite Radio, Inc.
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks by Garmin is under license.
AOPA Membership Publications, Inc. and its related organizations (hereinafter collectively
“AOPA”) expressly disclaim all warranties, with respect to the AOPA information included in this
data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is” and AOPA does not
warrant or make any representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. Under
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
no circumstances including negligence, shall AOPA be liable for any incidental, special or
consequential damages that result from the use or inability to use the software or related
documentation, even if AOPA or an AOPA authorized representative has been advised of the
possibility of such damages. User agrees not to sue AOPA and, to the maximum extent allowed
by law, to release and hold harmless AOPA from any causes of action, claims or losses related
to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the information. Some jurisdictions do not allow the
limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for incidental or consequential damages
so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.
AC-U-KWIK and its related organizations (hereafter collectively “AC-U-KWIK Organizations”)
expressly disclaim all warranties with respect to the AC-U-KWIK information included
in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is” and
AC-U-KWIK Organizations do not warrant or make any representations regarding its accuracy,
reliability, or otherwise. Licensee agrees not to sue AC-U-KWIK Organizations and, to the
maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless AC-U-KWIK Organizations
from any cause of action, claims or losses related to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the
information arising out of Garmin’s use of the information in the datasets. Some jurisdictions
do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for incidental or
consequential damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to licensee.
Printed in the U.S.A.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
WARNING: Do not use terrain avoidance displays as the sole source of information for maintaining separation from terrain and obstacles. Garmin obtains
terrain and obstacle data from third party sources and cannot independently
verify the accuracy of the information.
WARNING: Always refer to current aeronautical charts and NOTAMs for
verification of displayed aeronautical information. Displayed aeronautical
data may not incorporate the latest NOTAM information.
WARNING: Do not use geometric altitude for compliance with air traffic
control altitude requirements. The primary barometric altimeter must be used
for compliance with all air traffic control altitude regulations, requirements,
instructions, and clearances.
WARNING: Do not use basemap information (land and water data) as the
sole means of navigation. Basemap data is intended only to supplement other
approved navigation data sources and should be considered only an aid to
enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to
accurately depict all of the traffic within range of the aircraft. Due to lack
of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information from
aircraft or ground stations, traffic may be present that is not represented on
the display.
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in,
near, or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within
data link weather products may not accurately depict current weather conditions.
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather
product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather
data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data
link weather product may be older than the indicated weather product age.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
WARNING: Do not rely on the displayed minimum safe altitude (MSAs) as
the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information. Always refer
to current aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
WARNING: Do not operate this equipment without first obtaining qualified
instruction.
WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as a
‘NON WGS84 WPT’ by a system message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints are
derived from an unknown map reference datum that may be incompatible
with the map reference datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be
positioned in error as displayed.
WARNING: Do not rely on the autopilot to level the aircraft at the MDA/DH
when flying an approach with vertical guidance. The autopilot will not level
the aircraft at the MDA/DH even if the MDA/DH is set in the altitude preselect.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for collision avoidance maneuvering. The traffic display does not provide collision
avoidance resolution advisories and does not under any circumstances or
conditions relieve the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
WARNING: Do not rely on the accuracy of attitude and heading indications in
the following geographic areas (due to variations in the earth’s magnetic field):
North of 72° North latitude at all longitudes; South of 70° South latitude
at all longitudes; North of 65° North latitude between longitude 75° W and
120° W. (Northern Canada); North of 70° North latitude between longitude
70° W and 128° W. (Northern Canada); North of 70° North latitude between
longitude 85° E and 114° E. (Northern Russia); South of 55° South latitude
between longitude 120° E and 165° E. (Region south of Australia and New
Zealand).
WARNING: Do not rely on information from a lightning detection system
display as the sole basis for hazardous weather avoidance. Range limitations
and interference may cause the system to display inaccurate or incomplete
information. Refer to documentation from the lightning detection system
manufacturer for detailed information about the system.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain,
obstacle, and traffic avoidance. Garmin SVT is intended as an aid to situational awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability
upon which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain,
obstacles, or traffic.
WARNING: Do not use the Garmin SVT runway depiction as the sole means
for determining the proximity of the aircraft to the runway or for maintaining
the proper approach path angle during landing.
WARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain or obstacle
avoidance. TAWS is intended only to enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Do not use SurfaceWatch™ information as the primary method
of flight guidance during airborne or ground operations. SurfaceWatch does
not have NOTAM or ATIS information regarding the current active runway,
condition, or information about the position of hold lines.
WARNING: Do not use a QFE altimeter setting with this system. System
functions will not operate properly with a QFE altimeter setting. Use only
a QNH altimeter setting for height above mean sea level, or the standard
pressure setting, as applicable.
CAUTION: Do not clean display surfaces with abrasive cloths or cleaners
containing ammonia. They will harm the anti-reflective coating.
CAUTION: Do not allow repairs to be made by anyone other than an authorized
Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both
the warranty and affect the airworthiness of the aircraft.
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight
Restriction (TFR) information. Always confirm TFR information through official
sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
NOTE All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen
images of the system panel and displays, are subject to change and may not
reflect the most current system and aviation databases. Depictions of equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
NOTE: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System
and is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system
is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy and performance of all
GPS equipment. Portions of the system utilize GPS as a precision electronic
NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information
presented by the system can be misused or misinterpreted and, therefore,
become unsafe.
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can
cause an intermittent loss of attitude and heading displays while the aircraft
is on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards away from the
source of the interference should alleviate the condition.
NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim
or blank.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive
harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with California’s Proposition
65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please
refer to our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
NOTE: Operating the system in the vicinity of metal buildings, metal structures, or electromagnetic fields can cause sensor differences that may result
in nuisance miscompare annunciations during start up, shut down, or while
taxiing. If one or more of the sensed values are unavailable, the annunciation
indicates no comparison is possible.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
NOTE: The system responds to a terminal procedure based on data coded
within that procedure in the Navigation Database. Differences in system
operation may be observed among similar types of procedures due to differences in the Navigation Database coding specific to each procedure.
NOTE: The FAA has asked Garmin to remind pilots who fly with Garmin
database-dependent avionics of the following:
• It is the pilot’s responsibility to remain familiar with all FAA regulatory
and advisory guidance and information related to the use of databases in
the National Airspace System.
• Garmin equipment will only recognize and use databases that are
obtained from Garmin or Jeppesen. Databases obtained from Garmin
or Jeppesen that have a Type 2 Letter of Authorization (LOA) from the
FAA are assured compliance with all data quality requirements (DQRs).
A copy of the Type 2 LOA is available for each applicable database and
can be viewed at http://fly.garmin.com by selecting ‘Aviation Database
Declarations.’
• Use of a current Garmin or Jeppesen database in your Garmin equipment
is required for compliance with established FAA regulatory guidance, but
does not constitute authorization to fly any and all terminal procedures
that may be presented by the system. It is the pilot’s responsibility to
operate in accordance with established AFM(S) and regulatory guidance or
limitations as applicable to the pilot, the aircraft, and installed equipment.
NOTE: The pilot/operator must review and be familiar with Garmin’s database
exclusion list as discussed in SAIB CE-14-04 to determine what data may be
incomplete. The database exclusion list can be viewed at www.flygarmin.
com by selecting ‘Database Exclusions List.’
NOTE: The pilot/operator must have access to Garmin and Jeppesen database alerts and consider their impact on the intended aircraft operation. The
database alerts can be viewed at www.flygarmin.com by selecting ‘Aviation
Database Alerts.’
NOTE: If the pilot/operator wants or needs to adjust the database, contact
Garmin Product Support.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies
related to database information. These discrepancies could come in the form
of an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and fixes; or
any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or
on the ground. Go to FlyGarmin.com and select ‘Aviation Data Error Report’.
NOTE: Electronic aeronautical charts displayed on this system have been
shown to meet the guidance in AC 120-76D as a Type B Electronic Flight Bag
(EFB) for FlightCharts and ChartView. The accuracy of the charts is subject to
the chart data provider. Own-ship position on airport surface charts cannot be
guaranteed to meet the accuracy specified in AC 120-76D. Possible additional
requirements may make a secondary source of aeronautical charts, such as
traditional paper charts or an additional electronic display, necessary on the
aircraft and available to the pilot. If the secondary source of aeronautical
charts is a Portable Electronic Device (PED), its use must be consistent with
the guidance in AC 120-76D.
NOTE: The navigation databases used in Garmin navigation systems contain Special Procedures. Prior to flying these procedures, pilots must have
specific FAA authorization, training, and possession of the corresponding
current, and legitimately-sourced chart (approach plate, etc.). Inclusion of
the Special Procedure in the navigation database DOES NOT imply specific
FAA authorization to fly the procedure.
NOTE: Terrain and obstacle alerting is not available north of 89º North latitude
and south of 89º South latitude. This is due to limitations present within the
Terrain database and the system’s ability to process the data representing
the affected areas.
NOTE: Operate Cirrus Perspective+ system power through at least one cycle
in a period of four days of continuous operation to avoid an autonomous
system reboot.
NOTE: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the Garmin
SVT display or may appear as a partial symbol.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
NOTE: When using Stormscope, there are several atmospheric phenomena in
addition to nearby thunderstorms that can cause isolated discharge points in
the strike display mode. However, clusters of two or more discharge points
in the strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points
reappear after the screen has been cleared.
NOTE: Operate Cirrus Perspective+ system power through at least one cycle
in a period of four days of continuous operation to avoid an autonomous
system reboot.
NOTE: The purpose of this Cockpit Reference Guide is to provide the pilot a
resource with which to find operating instructions on the major features of
the system more easily. It is not intended to be a comprehensive operating
guide. Complete operating procedures for the system are found in the Pilot’s
Guide for this aircraft.
NOTE: The nose of the ‘own ship’ symbol represents the location of the aircraft. The center of any traffic symbol represents the location of that traffic.
The traffic and own ship symbols are an abstract representation and do not
reflect the physical extent of the aircraft/traffic, and should not replace other
methods for identifying traffic.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
Blank Page
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Software License Agreement
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
BY USING THE DEVICE, COMPONENT OR SYSTEM MANUFACTURED OR SOLD BY GARMIN
(“THE GARMIN PRODUCT”), YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF THE FOLLOWING SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT
CAREFULLY. Garmin Ltd. and its subsidiaries (“Garmin”) grants you a limited license to use the
software embedded in the Garmin Product (the “Software”) in binary executable form in the
normal operation of the Garmin Product. Title, ownership rights, and intellectual property rights
in and to the Software remain with Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You acknowledge
that the Software is the property of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and is protected
under the United States of America copyright laws and international copyright treaties. You
further acknowledge that the structure, organization, and code of the Software are valuable
trade secrets of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and that the Software in source code
form remains a valuable trade secret of Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You agree not
to reproduce, decompile, disassemble, modify, reverse assemble, reverse engineer, or reduce to
human readable form the Software or any part thereof or create any derivative works based on
the Software. You agree not to export or re-export the Software to any country in violation of
the export control laws of the United States of America.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Software License Agreement
Blank Page
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Record of Revisions
Part Number Rev.
Date
Page
Range
Description
190-02184-00
A
December, 2016
All
Production release at GDU 20.03
190-02184-01
A
December 2017
All
Production release at GDU 20.70
-- Added Bluetooth
-- Added WireAware
-- Added other GDU 20.70 parameters
190-02184-02
A
January 2019
All
Production release at GDU 21.16
-- Updated Takeoff Mode
-- Flexibility added to Along Track
Waypoint placement
-- Added VNAV Guidance for Nonprecision NAVAID-based Approaches
-- Added Enhanced Descent Only VNAV
-- Added Glide Range Ring
-- Further defined Quick Select Box and
Insertion Point Indicator
-- Redefined Procedures for Flight
Planning and Instrument Procedures
-- Added GMA 350H/350Hc
-- Added CAS messages
-- Added System messages
-- Updated Database Management
-- Updated Warnings/Cautions/
Advisories
-- Made clerical changes
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
RR-1
Record of Revisions
Blank Page
RR-2
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Table of Contents
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS.........................................................................................................1
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS............................................................................................................... 1
Airspeed Indicator..................................................................................................................... 1
Altimeter..................................................................................................................................... 2
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)...................................................................................... 3
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)........................................................................................... 5
SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA................................................................................................. 5
Temperature Display................................................................................................................. 5
Wind Data.................................................................................................................................... 6
Angle of Attack (AOA) Indicator............................................................................................. 6
PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS......................................................... 6
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height Alerting....................................................... 6
GARMIN SVT (OPTIONAL)......................................................................................................... 7
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM...........................................................................................9
EIS DISPLAY................................................................................................................................... 9
ENGINE PAGE.............................................................................................................................. 12
Fuel Calculations...................................................................................................................... 15
TKS Flight Into Known Icing (FIKI) Anti-Ice System......................................................... 16
LEANING ASSIST MODE........................................................................................................... 19
SYSTEM DISPLAY....................................................................................................................... 20
EIS DISPLAY IN REVERSIONARY MODE............................................................................. 22
NAV/COM/TRANSPONDER/AUDIO PANEL..................................................................23
COM OPERATION....................................................................................................................... 23
NAV OPERATION........................................................................................................................ 24
MARKER BEACON RECEIVER.................................................................................................. 25
DME TUNING............................................................................................................................... 25
MODE S TRANSPONDER.......................................................................................................... 25
ADDITIONAL AUDIO PANEL FUNCTIONS........................................................................... 26
Intercom System (ICS) with the GMA 350/350c/350H/350Hc.......................................... 26
Blue-Select Mode (Telephone/Entertainment Distribution).......................................... 28
Split COM Mode with the GMA 350/350c/350H/350Hc..................................................... 29
3D Audio.................................................................................................................................... 30
Bluetooth® (GMA 350c/350Hc Only).................................................................................... 30
AUDIO PANEL PREFLIGHT PROCEDURE.............................................................................. 31
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
i
Table of Contents
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT......................................................................................................33
USING MAP DISPLAYS.............................................................................................................. 33
Map Range................................................................................................................................ 34
Map Panning............................................................................................................................. 34
Measuring Bearing and Distance......................................................................................... 35
Topography............................................................................................................................... 36
Airways...................................................................................................................................... 38
Additional Navigation Map Items........................................................................................ 38
WAYPOINTS................................................................................................................................. 39
Airports...................................................................................................................................... 39
Non-Airport and User Created Waypoints......................................................................... 41
AIRSPACES................................................................................................................................... 45
Nearest Airspace...................................................................................................................... 45
Smart Airspace......................................................................................................................... 46
DIRECT-TO-NAVIGATION ........................................................................................................ 46
FLIGHT PLANNING..................................................................................................................... 49
Flight Plan Display................................................................................................................... 49
Creating a Flight Plan............................................................................................................. 50
Flight Plan Waypoint and Airway Modifications.............................................................. 52
Flight Plan Operations............................................................................................................ 56
Managing Flight Plans............................................................................................................ 64
VERTICAL NAVIGATION........................................................................................................... 70
Constraints................................................................................................................................ 70
Vertical Situation Display (VSD)........................................................................................... 74
Vertical Navigation Direct To................................................................................................ 76
PROCEDURES............................................................................................................................... 77
Departures................................................................................................................................. 78
Arrivals ...................................................................................................................................... 81
Approaches .............................................................................................................................. 84
WEIGHT PLANNING................................................................................................................... 90
Weight and Balance Caution And Warning Conditions................................................... 92
TRIP PLANNING.......................................................................................................................... 92
RAIM PREDICTION..................................................................................................................... 93
HAZARD AVOIDANCE.........................................................................................................97
DATA LINK WEATHER................................................................................................................ 97
Activating Data Link Weather Services.............................................................................. 97
Activating Garmin Connext Weather.................................................................................. 98
ii
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Table of Contents
Weather Product Age.............................................................................................................. 99
Displaying Data Link Weather Products........................................................................... 102
Connext Data Requests........................................................................................................ 105
Weather Product Overview................................................................................................. 107
FIS-B Weather Status............................................................................................................ 115
STORMSCOPE LIGHTNING DETECTION SYSTEM........................................................... 116
Using the Stormscope Page................................................................................................ 116
Additional Stormscope Displays........................................................................................ 117
Stormscope Abnormal Operations.................................................................................... 117
TERRAIN DISPLAYS................................................................................................................. 118
Terrain Page............................................................................................................................ 118
Vertical Situation Display (VSD) Terrain........................................................................... 119
Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Alerting Displays...................................................................... 120
TAS TRAFFIC............................................................................................................................... 120
Traffic Map Page.................................................................................................................... 122
System Test............................................................................................................................. 122
Operation................................................................................................................................. 123
ADS-B TRAFFIC......................................................................................................................... 125
Traffic Description................................................................................................................. 126
Operation................................................................................................................................. 127
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................129
Activating the Flight Director............................................................................................. 129
AFCS MODES............................................................................................................................. 130
Vertical Modes........................................................................................................................ 130
Lateral Modes......................................................................................................................... 130
Combination Modes (VNV, APR, NAV, BC, GA).................................................................. 131
ADDITIONAL FEATURES..................................................................................................135
SAFETAXI.................................................................................................................................... 135
CHARTS........................................................................................................................................ 135
ChartView................................................................................................................................ 136
FliteCharts............................................................................................................................... 138
IFR/VFR Charts........................................................................................................................ 140
SATELLITE PHONE AND SMS MESSAGING...................................................................... 140
Registering with Garmin Connext .................................................................................... 140
Disable/Enable Iridium Transceiver................................................................................... 141
Telephone Communication.................................................................................................. 141
Text Messaging (SMS)........................................................................................................... 145
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
iii
Table of Contents
SURFACEWATCH....................................................................................................................... 150
WIFI CONNECTIONS................................................................................................................ 151
CONNEXT SETUP...................................................................................................................... 153
POSITION REPORTING............................................................................................................ 154
SIRIUSXM RADIO ENTERTAINMENT.................................................................................. 155
Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services.................................................................. 155
Using SiriusXM Radio............................................................................................................ 155
Refer to the Audio Panel Controls for SiruisXM muting instructions....................... 157
ELECTRONIC CHECKLISTS..................................................................................................... 157
AUXILIARY VIDEO (OPTIONAL)........................................................................................... 159
Video Setup............................................................................................................................. 159
SCHEDULER................................................................................................................................ 159
Pilot Profiles........................................................................................................................... 161
ELECTRONIC STABILITY & PROTECTION (ESP™)............................................................ 164
Roll Engagement.................................................................................................................... 165
Pitch Engagement.................................................................................................................. 165
Low Airspeed Protection...................................................................................................... 166
High Airspeed Protection..................................................................................................... 166
HYPOXIA RECOGNITION & AUTOMATIC DESCENT MODE......................................... 166
Determining Pilot Alertness................................................................................................ 166
Automatic Descent Mode.................................................................................................... 167
ABNORMAL OPERATION.................................................................................................169
REVERSIONARY MODE.......................................................................................................... 169
ABNORMAL COM OPERATION............................................................................................ 169
Audio Panel Fail-safe Operation........................................................................................ 169
Stuck Microphone.................................................................................................................. 169
COM Tuning Failure................................................................................................................ 169
HAZARD DISPLAYS WITH LOSS OF GPS POSITION....................................................... 170
UNUSUAL ATTITUDES............................................................................................................. 170
SVT Unusual Attitudes.......................................................................................................... 171
ABNORMAL GPS CONDITIONS............................................................................................ 171
ABNORMAL AFCS OPERATION............................................................................................ 171
Suspected Autopilot Malfunction...................................................................................... 171
Overpowering Autopilot Servos........................................................................................ 172
iv
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Table of Contents
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS..........................................................................................173
CAS MESSAGES........................................................................................................................ 173
Warning Messages................................................................................................................. 173
Caution messages.................................................................................................................. 174
Advisory Messages................................................................................................................ 176
Message Advisory Alerts...................................................................................................... 177
OTHER SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS............................................................ 177
Voice Alerts............................................................................................................................. 177
COMPARATOR ANNUNCIATIONS.......................................................................................... 178
REVERSIONARY SENSOR ANNUNCIATIONS....................................................................... 178
Garmin AFCS Status Alerts.................................................................................................. 179
Garmin AFCS Condition/Stall Alert.................................................................................... 179
SurfaceWatch Alerts.............................................................................................................. 180
GDL 69 SXM Data Link Receiver Messages...................................................................... 180
Flight Plan Import/Export Messages................................................................................. 181
Pilot Profile Import/Export Messages............................................................................... 182
Connext Weather Messages................................................................................................ 182
System Message Advisories................................................................................................ 184
TERRAIN ALERTS...................................................................................................................... 206
Terrain-SVT Alerts.................................................................................................................. 206
Terrain-SVT System Status Annunciations....................................................................... 207
TAWS-B ALERTS....................................................................................................................... 207
TAWS-B System Status Annunciations.............................................................................. 209
TRAFFIC ALERTS....................................................................................................................... 209
TAS Traffic Modes.................................................................................................................. 209
TAS Failure Annunciations................................................................................................... 210
TAS Traffic Status Annunciations........................................................................................ 210
GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System Voice Alerts................................................................. 210
Garmin Descriptive TAS Voice Alerts................................................................................. 211
ADS-B Traffic Modes.............................................................................................................. 211
ADS-B Traffic Failure Annunciations.................................................................................. 212
ADS-B Traffic Status Annunciations................................................................................... 212
‘Aux-ADS-B Status’ Page Messages................................................................................... 213
‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page Messages for FIS-B Weather................................................ 214
APPENDIX............................................................................................................................215
SOFTKEYS................................................................................................................................... 215
PFD Softkeys........................................................................................................................... 215
MFD Softkeys.......................................................................................................................... 219
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
v
Table of Contents
LOADING UPDATED DATABASES........................................................................................ 221
Update Databases Using a Supplemental Data Card.................................................... 222
Updating Databases Using the Wireless Transceiver..................................................... 223
Database Deletion Feature ............................................................................................... 228
MAGNETIC FIELD VARIATION DATABASE UPDATE....................................................... 229
MAP SYMBOLS......................................................................................................................... 230
Land Symbols ......................................................................................................................... 230
Aviation Symbols ................................................................................................................. 231
Airspace Symbols ................................................................................................................ 231
Airway Symbols..................................................................................................................... 232
INDEX.............................................................................................................................Index-1
vi
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Flight
Instruments
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
EIS
WARNING: If the airspeed, attitude, altitude, or heading indications become
unusable, refer to the backup instruments.
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Changing Vspeeds and turning Vspeed bugs on/off:
4)
Hazard
Avoidance
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘ON/OFF’ Field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
Flight
Management
NOTE: Refer to the current version of the pertinent flight manual for speed
criteria and Vspeed values.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
AFCS
Turning all Vspeed bugs on/off:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
Additional
Features
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) To activate all Vspeed bugs, press the ENT Key with ‘All References On’
highlighted.
Abnormal
Operation
4) To remove all Vspeed bugs, turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘All References
Off’ and press the ENT Key.
Annun/Alerts
Restoring all Vspeed defaults:
Appendix
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Restore Defaults’ and press the ENT Key.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
1
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
ALTIMETER
Setting the Selected Altitude:
1) Turn the ALT SEL Knob to set the Selected Altitude in 100-ft increments
EIS
(up to the aircraft’s service ceiling. When meters are displayed, Selected
Altitude is adjusted in 50 meter increments. If set, the Minimum Descent
Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value is also available for the Selected Altitude.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
2)
If desired, press the ALT SEL Knob to synchronize the selected altitude to
the displayed altitude to the nearest 10 ft.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Displaying altitude in meters:
1) Press the PFD OPT Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT Units Softkey.
3) Press the Meters Softkey to turn on metric altitude readouts.
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
AFCS
WARNING: Do not use a QFE altimeter setting with this system. System
functions will not operate properly with a QFE altimeter setting. Use only a
QHN altimeter setting for the height above mean sea level, or the standard
pressure setting, as applicable.
Additional
Features
Selecting the altimeter barometric pressure setting:
Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting.
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Selecting standard barometric pressure:
Press the BARO Knob to select standard pressure; STD BARO is displayed
in the Barometric Setting box.
Or:
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the STD BARO Softkey; STD BARO is displayed in the Barometric
Setting box.
Index
Changing altimeter barometric pressure setting units:
1) Press the PFD OPT Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT Units Softkey.
3) Press the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of
mercury (in Hg).
2
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Flight
Instruments
Or:
Press the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in
hectopascals (hPa).
4)
Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Flight
Management
Enabling/disabling the HSI Map on the PFD:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Layout Softkey.
3) Press the HSI Map Softkey to enable the HSI Map.
Or:
Press the Map Off Softkey to disable the HSI Map.
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (HSI)
EIS
Setting the Baro Transition Alert:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘AUX - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) To enable/disable the Baro Transition Alert based on altitude, turn the large
FMS Knob to highlight the ‘On’ or ‘Off’ Field for the BARO Transition Alert
Altitude in the ‘BARO Transition Alert’ Box.
4) If desired, turn the small FMS Knob to set the BARO Transition Alert
Altitude ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Altitude’ Field.
6) Use the FMS Knobs to change the altitude and press the ENT Key to
accept or press the CLR Key to return to the previous altitude selection.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘On’ or ‘Off’ Field for the BARO
Transition Alert Level.
8) If desired, turn the small FMS Knob to set the BARO Transition Alert Flight
Level ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
9) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Flight Level’ Field.
10) Use the FMS Knobs to change the Flight Level for the alert and press the
ENT Key to accept or press the CLR Key to return to the previous altitude
selection.
11) Push the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
3
Flight Instruments
Flight
Instruments
Adjusting the Selected Heading:
1) Turn the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading.
2) Press the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Adjusting the Selected Course:
1) Turn the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course.
2) Press the CRS Knob to re-center the CDI and return the course pointer to
the bearing of the active waypoint or navigation station (see OBS Mode for
adjusting a GPS course).
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Changing the navigation angle setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘AUX - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Nav Angle in the Display Units box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the
ENT Key.
• MAGNETIC (º)- Angles corrected to the computed magnetic variation
(Mag Var)
•
TRUE (ºT)- References angles to true north (T)
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Selecting bearing display and changing sources:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey to display the desired bearing
pointer and information window with a NAV source.
3) Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey again to change the bearing
source to GPS.
4) Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey a third time to change the
bearing source to ADF (note: ADF radio installation is optional).
5) To remove the bearing pointer and information window, press either
Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey again.
Index
Displaying the DME Information Window:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Information Window.
3) To remove the DME Information Window, press the DME Softkey again.
4
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Flight
Instruments
COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR (CDI)
EIS
Changing navigation sources:
1) Press the CDI Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1 or LOC1. The NAV1
standby frequency in the upper left corner of the MFD is light blue.
2) Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or
LOC2. The NAV2 standby frequency in the upper left corner of the MFD is
light blue.
3) Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to GPS.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Changing the selected GPS CDI setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘AUX - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Selected in the ‘GPS CDI’ Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the
ENT Key.
5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA
AFCS
Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating a GPS flight plan:
1) Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
2) Turn a CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Press a
CRS Knob to synchronize the Selected Course with the bearing to the next
waypoint.
3) Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
TEMPERATURE DISPLAY
5
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Appendix
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annun/Alerts
Changing temperature display units:
1) Select the ‘AUX - System Setup’ Page on the MFD using the FMS Knob.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the TEMP field in the Display Units box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight either Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F)
and press the ENT Key to confirm the selection.
5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
WIND DATA
Displaying wind data:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the WIND Softkey
3) Press one of the option softkeys to change how wind data is displayed:
• Option 1: Wind direction arrow with numeric True direction and speed
• Option 2: Headwind/tailwind and crosswind arrows with numeric
speed components
4) To remove the window, press the Off Softkey.
ANGLE OF ATTACK (AOA) INDICATOR
Selecting the AOA Indicator display mode:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the AOA Softkey.
3) Press the On, Off, or Auto Softkey. Pressing the Auto Softkey shows the
AOA Indicator when the normalized AOA is 0.2 or greater, or when the
flaps are partially or fully extended.
4) Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level PFD softkeys.
PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS
MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE/DECISION HEIGHT ALERTING
Setting the barometric minimum descent altitude and bug:
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Instruments
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
6
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Minimums’ Field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP COMP.’ ‘Off’ is
selected by default. Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight the next field.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude (from zero to 16,000
feet).
5)
If TEMP COMP was selected, press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS
Knob to highlight the next field and then enter the temperature (-59˚C to
59˚C)
6)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Instruments
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Activating and deactivating SVT:
Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2)
Press the SVT Softkey.
3)
Press the Terrain Softkey. The SVT display will cycle on or off with the
Terrain Softkey.
Flight
Management
1)
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Activating and deactivating Airport Signs:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the SVT Softkey.
3) Press the APT Sign Softkey. Display of airport signs will cycle on or off
with the APT Sign Softkey.
Appendix
Index
Enabling/disabling Wire Obstacles on SVT:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the SVT Softkey.
3) Press the Wire Softkey.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
AFCS
Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the SVT Softkey.
3) Press the HDG LBL Softkey. The horizon heading display will cycle on or
off with the HDG LBL Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
Activating and deactivating Pathways:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the SVT Softkey.
3) Press the Pathways Softkey. The Pathway feature will cycle on or off with
the Pathways Softkey.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
EIS
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain,
obstacle, and traffic avoidance. SVT is intended as an aid to situational awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability upon which
to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles,
or traffic.
Flight
Instruments
GARMIN SVT (OPTIONAL)
7
Flight Instruments
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Enabling/disabling SVT Field of View on the Navigation Map Page:
1) While viewing the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, press the MENU Key to
display the page menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Map Settings’ and press the ENT
Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT
Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the ‘Map’ Group options to
‘Field of View’.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ page.
8
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
Flight
Instruments
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
EIS DISPLAY
EIS
NOTE: Refer to the current version of the pertinent flight manual for engine
operating limitations.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
1
Flight
Management
2
3
Hazard
Avoidance
Target Fuel
Flow Indicator
4
12
AFCS
5
6
Additional
Features
7
8
Abnormal
Operation
9
10
Annun/Alerts
11
Appendix
SR20
EIS Display
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
9
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
1
1
2
2
3
3
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
4
12
Target Fuel
Flow
Indicator
4
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
12
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
SR22T
EIS Display
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
SR22
(Normally Aspirated)
13
Max Continuous Flow
10
Best Power
Fuel Flow Examples
Best Economy
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
Percent Power
Displays engine power as a percentage
2
Tachometer
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute
3
Engine Manifold
Pressure
Displays manifold pressure in inches of Mercury to indicate
engine power
4
Fuel Quantity
Displays fuel quantities, in gallons, for the left (L) and right
(R) fuel tanks
5
Gallons Used
Displays the fuel used in gallons
6
Oil Temperature
Displays engine oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit
7
Oil Pressure
Displays pressure of oil supplied to the engine in pounds
per square inch (psi)
8
Ammeter
Displays the battery 1 load in amperes
9
Voltmeter
Displays the essential bus voltage in volts
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Displays the head temperature of the hottest cylinder
(CHT; cylinder number is shown below bar)
AFCS
Temperature
EIS
10 Cylinder Head
Flight
Instruments
1
11 Exhaust Gas
12 Fuel Flow
Inlet Temperature
turbine inlet (SR22T)
Annun/Alerts
13 Left and Right Turbine Displays the temperature at the left (L) and right (R)
Abnormal
Operation
Displays fuel flow in gallons per hour
Displays a cyan target fuel flow indicator for Lean of Peak
to the right of the fuel flow indicator strip (SR20, SR22T)
Displays black band indicator for Rich of Peak and Lean
of Peak fuel flow targets. (SR22) See preceding figure for
an example of Max Continuous Flow, Best Power, and Best
Economy indications
Additional
Features
Displays the exhaust gas temperature (cylinder number is
Temperature Indicator shown below bar)
Appendix
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
11
ENGINE PAGE
Pressing the Engine Softkey accesses the ‘EIS - Engine’ Page, which displays all
engine, fuel, fuel calculation, electrical, air data, and optional ice protection information. Pressing the optional Anti-Ice Softkey and the Fuel-W&B access second-level
softkeys.
NOTE: The ice protection system (optional) must be operated in accordance
with the limitations in the current version of the pertinent flight manual. This
option is only available on SR22 and SR22T models.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
2
3
Target Fuel
Flow Indicator
4
5
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
1
6
Additional
Features
12
7
9
Abnormal
Operation
8
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
‘Engine’ Page (SR20)
12
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
2
3
4
5
Flight
Instruments
1
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
6
12
Flight
Management
7
8
Hazard
Avoidance
11
9
10
'Engine' Page (SR22) with TKS FIKI and Oxygen
2
3
Target Fuel
Flow Indicator
4
AFCS
1
5
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
6
12
7
8
10
9
Appendix
11
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Index
'Engine' Page (SR22T) with TKS FIKI and Oxygen
13
Engine Indication System
Percent Power
Indicator
Displays engine power as a percentage
2
Tachometer
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute
3
Engine Manifold
Pressure Indicator
Displays manifold pressure in inches of Mercury to indicate
engine power
4
Fuel Flow Indicator
Displays fuel flow in gallons per hour.
(SR20, SR22T Only) Displays a cyan target fuel flow
indicator for
Lean of Peak to the right of the fuel flow indicator strip.
(SR22 Only) Displays black band indicator for Rich of Peak
and Lean of Peak fuel flow targets.
5
Oil Temperature and Displays oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F) and
Pressure Indicators pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
6
Electrical Group
Displays the alternator and battery current in amperes and
the essential and main bus voltage
7
Fuel Calculation
Group
Displays calculated fuel at destination, fuel used, fuel
remaining, time remaining, range (in nautical miles)
and economy (in nautical miles per gallon) based on the
displayed fuel remaining and the fuel flow totalizer
8
Air Data
Displays density altitude, outside air temperature (OAT)
in °F and °C, and international standard atmosphere (ISA)
temperature deviation
9
Fuel Quantity
Indicator
Displays fuel quantities, in gallons, for the left (L) and right
(R) fuel tanks
10 Oxygen Pressure
Displays oxygen pressure in tank in pounds per square inch
(optional)
Indicator
11 Anti-Ice Fluid
Quantity Indicator
12 Engine Temperature
Group
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
1
TKS FIKI – Displays the quantity of anti-ice fluid remaining
in the left (L) and right (R) tanks in gallons (optional – See
Operational Note following)
Displays head (CHT) and exhaust gas temperatures
(EGT) of all cylinders in °F (all models) and turbine inlet
temperatures (SR22T only)
NOTE: Refer to the current version of the pertinent flight manual for engine
operating limitations.
14
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
NOTE: Fuel calculations do not use the aircraft fuel quantity indicators and
are calculated from the last time the fuel was reset.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Adjusting the fuel totalizer quantity:
1) Press the Engine Softkey to display the Engine Page.
2) Press the Fuel Softkey to access the Initial Usable Fuel Page.
3) Turn the FMS Knob (small knob adjusts in 1 gallon increments and large
knob in 10 gallon increments) to increase or decrease the initial usable fuel
displayed.
EIS
Fuel used (Used), time remaining (Time Rem), range (in nautical miles, Range),
and economy (Econ) are calculated based on the displayed fuel remaining (Rem) and
the fuel flow totalizer. The calculated range is based upon ground speed, distance,
economy and fuel remaining. See the Flight Management Section for information
regarding the map feature related to the EIS Fuel Calculations.
Flight
Instruments
FUEL CALCULATIONS
AFCS
Calculated
Fuel Used
Fuel
Remaining
Additional
Features
Calculated
Time
Remaining
Calculated
Range
Abnormal
Operation
Calculated
Economy
Fuel Calculations Group
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
15
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
EIS
Change
in Fuel
Level
Full Fuel (SR22 shown as example) Initial Usable Fuel Page
TKS FLIGHT INTO KNOWN ICING (FIKI) ANTI-ICE SYSTEM
NOTE: The ice protection system (optional) must be operated in accordance
with the limitations in the current version of the pertinent flight manual. This
option is only available on SR22 and SR22T models.
Auto Tank Selection Mode
In the default tank selection mode (Auto), the system assures that the fluid levels of
the two tanks are kept relatively even by periodically closing the tank with the lowest
level. The system uses the anti-ice fluid tank quantities to control the tank shut-off
valves. When the system is on and operating in Auto mode, the shut-off valves close
under the following conditions:
• The fluid quantity is empty (indicated from the fluid level sensor and level
switch)
• The left and right tank level imbalance is greater than 0.25 gallons (low tank
will be closed until level balance is within 0.15 gallons)
• The fluid quantity is unreliable (a miscompare between the level sensor and
level switch or an out of range level sensor value)
While operating in Auto mode a white box is displayed around the ‘L’ and ‘R’, located on top of each fluid quantity indicator, when both tanks are open (Figure 3-10).
During normal operation, the white box will highlight the left or right tanks as the
fluid levels change.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Computed
Fuel
Remaining
16
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Flight
Management
If a fluid level comparison fault is detected (the fluid level sender disagrees with
the fluid level switch for a particular tank) the corresponding fluid quantity indicator
is grayed out and that quantity is not used in the endurance and range calculations.
When the fluid level sender is out of range, the fluid quantity indicator is marked with
an amber ‘X’.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Auto Tank Mode (Normal)
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Fluid Level Out Of Range
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Manual Tank Mode
Manual tank mode allows the pilot to control either tank’s shut-off valve. Manual
may be selected by pressing the Anti-Ice Softkey to access the second-level softkeys
Left, Auto, and Right. A cyan box is displayed around the selected tank, gallons remaining in the selected tank, and pump operating mode.
• Left Softkey – opens left tank valve and closes right tank valve
• Auto Softkey – returns to Auto tank mode
• Right Softkey – opens right tank valve and closes left tank valve
While operating in manual tank mode, only the selected/open tank’s quantity is
used for the range and endurance calculations.
Additional
Features
Fluid Level Unreliable
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
17
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
Manual Tank Mode (Right tank selected)
NOTE: The ice protection system (optional) must be operated in accordance
with the approved flight manual limitations. This option is only available on
SR22 and SR22T models.
System Operation
Comments
OFF
System Off
No modes selected
Norm
High
A single pump (#1) operates
continuously
Provides 100% flow rate for moderate icing 
Max
(momentary)
Both pumps operate
continuously for 120 seconds
Provides 200% flow rate for severe icing or to
expedite the removal of previous ice buildup 
Pump Bkup
A single pump (#2) operates
continuously
This mode is used in the event of a timer box
failure or when Backup mode is selected. Pump
#2 provides 100% flow rate, bypassing the
timer box 
Both pumps operate on a timed, Provides 50% flow rate for light/moderate icing
repeating cycle – 30 seconds

ON and 90 seconds OFF
 Refer to the current version of the pertinent flight manual for pilot recommended actions
FIKI System Operating Modes
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
AFCS
Operating
Mode
Additional
Features
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Pump Operating Modes
18
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
Flight
Instruments
EIS
High Operating Mode
Max Operating Mode
Pump Backup Mode
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Normal Operating Mode
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
LEANING ASSIST MODE
Abnormal
Operation
Access Leaning Assist Mode:
1) Press the Engine Softkey to display the ‘Engine’ Page.
2) Press the Assist Softkey to identify peaks.
19
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Appendix
The system continues to detect peak EGTs for each cylinder lean of peak as the fuel
flow is decreased, and the peak of each cylinder’s EGT is indicated by a cyan marker
on the graph. Once all cylinders are lean of peak, the last cylinder to peak is denoted
by the “Last” annunciation below its bar on the graph.
Annun/Alerts
When the Assist Softkey is pressed, the system initially highlights the number and
places a cyan box around the EGT display of the cylinder with the hottest EGT. The ∆
Peak temperature is the difference between the peak temperature and the present temperature for the peaked cylinder. When the first peak is detected, “1st” is annunciated
below that cylinder’s EGT bar and the temperature is enclosed in a cyan box.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
A leaning assist function is available on the ‘Engine’ Page to assist in the leaning
process.
AFCS
NOTE: The pilot should follow the engine manufacturer’s recommended
leaning procedures in the current version of the pertinent flight manual.
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
EIS
Cyan Box
Represents Peak
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Temperature
Deviation
from Peak
Leaning Assist Mode
Hazard
Avoidance
SYSTEM DISPLAY
NOTE: Refer to the current version of the pertinent flight manual for limitations.
In Reversionary Mode, the EIS System Display shows the engine, fuel calculations,
electrical, and various system parameters. Fuel calculations are based on the displayed
fuel remaining and the fuel flow totalizer.
Accessing the EIS System Display:
1) Press the Engine Softkey.
2) Press the System Softkey.
3) To return to the default Engine Display, press the Engine or Back Softkey.
1
Percent Power Indicator Displays engine power as a percentage
2
Tachometer
Shows propeller speed in revolutions per minute
3
Engine Manifold
Pressure Indicator
Displays manifold pressure in inches of Mercury to
indicate engine power
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
NOTE: Fuel calculations do not use the aircraft fuel quantity indicators and
are calculated anytime the initial usable fuel is changed.
20
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Engine Indication System
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
AFCS
2
Hazard
Avoidance
2
Flight
Management
1
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
1
EIS
Fuel Calculation Group Displays calculated fuel at destination, fuel used, fuel
remaining, time remaining, range (in nautical miles)
and economy (in nautical miles per gallon) based on the
displayed fuel remaining and the fuel flow totalizer
5 Electrical Group
Displays the alternator and battery current in amperes
and the essential and main bus voltage
6 Miscellaneous
Displays engine hours, anti-ice gallons (optional) and
oxygen pressure (optional)
Flight
Instruments
4
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
SR20
Index
SR22 Models with optional
Anti-Ice and Oxygen
System Display
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
21
EIS DISPLAY IN REVERSIONARY MODE
In reversionary mode, the display combines PFD symbology with the EIS Display,
and the EIS is separated into two displays: Engine (identical to the normal EIS Display
on the MFD) and System. For a description of the EIS Display, refer to the Engine
Display section. The System Display shows various system parameters and fuel calculations.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Engine Indication System
22
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
Flight
Instruments
NAV/COM/TRANSPONDER/AUDIO PANEL
COM OPERATION
4)
Push the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn automatic squelch on and off.
Appendix
Index
23
Annun/Alerts
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Abnormal
Operation
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
Auto-tuning a COM frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the
cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or pressing the appropriate softkey.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency.
3) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘Load Frequency’ Window.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency field.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the selected COM
frequency field.
AFCS
Auto-tuning a COM frequency for a nearby airport from the PFD:
1) Press the Nearest Softkey on the PFD to open the ‘Nearest Airports’
Window. A list of 25 nearest airport identifiers and COM frequencies is
displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired COM
frequency.
3) Push the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the COM Standby Tuning
Box.
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM
Active Frequency Field.
Hazard
Avoidance
Manual frequency tuning from the PFD/MFD Controller:
1) Press the COM Key to select the COM frequency box.
2) Turn the COM/NAV CRS/XPDR Knob to tune the desired frequency in the
COM Tuning Box (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
3) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
Flight
Management
Adjust the volume level with the COM VOL/SQ Knob.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
3)
EIS
Manually tuning a COM frequency:
1) Turn the COM Knob to tune the desired frequency in the COM Tuning Box
(large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
NAV OPERATION
Manually tuning a NAV frequency:
1) Turn the NAV Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box.
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active
Frequency Field.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Changing COM frequency channel spacing:
1) Select the ‘AUX – System Setup 2’ Page.
2) Push the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Channel Spacing Field in the
‘COM Configuration Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired channel spacing.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the channel spacing selection.
3)
Adjust the volume level with the NAV VOL/ID Knob.
4)
Push the NAV VOL/ID Knob to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and
off.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Manual frequency tuning from the PFD/MFD Controller:
1) Press the NAV Key to select the NAV frequency box.
2) Turn the COM/NAV CRS/XPDR Knob to tune the desired frequency in the
NAV Tuning Box (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
3) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Auto-tuning a NAV frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the NAV frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the
cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or the appropriate softkey.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV identifier or
NAV frequency.
3) On the Nearest VOR and Nearest Airports pages, press the FREQ Softkey to
place the cursor on the NAV frequency.
4) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘Load Frequency’ Window.
5) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV frequency field.
6) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the selected NAV
frequency field.
24
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
Marker Beacon audio is by default configured off and must be enabled after each
power cycle.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
DME TUNING
Flight
Management
Deselecting Marker Beacon Audio
To deselect marker beacon audio, press the MKR/MUTE Key twice during
marker beacon reception (once to mute, once more to deselect) or once if a
marker beacon signal is not detected.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Muting Marker Beacon Audio
During marker beacon audio reception, press the MKR/MUTE Key to mute
the audio. The MKR/MUTE annunciator remains lit, but the current marker
tone is silenced. Audio muting deactivates automatically and marker
beacon audio is heard when the next marker beacon signal is received.
EIS
Turning Marker Beacon Audio On
With the MKR/MUTE annunciator off, press the MKR/MUTE Key to enable
marker beacon audio.
Flight
Instruments
MARKER BEACON RECEIVER
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the DME tuning mode.
3)
Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
Additional
Features
Selecting DME transceiver pairing:
1) Press the DME Softkey to display the ‘DME Tuning’ Window.
Abnormal
Operation
MODE S TRANSPONDER
Appendix
Entering a transponder code with softkeys:
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the CODE Softkey to display the Transponder Code Selection Softkeys,
for digit entry.
Annun/Alerts
Selecting a transponder mode:
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Select the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
25
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
EIS
Flight
Instruments
3)
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Entering a transponder code with the PFD FMS Knob:
1) Press the XPDR and the CODE Softkeys as in the previous procedure to
enable code entry.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob on the PFD to enter the first two code digits.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
4) Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Entering a transponder code with the PFD/MFD Controller FMS
Knob:
1) Press the XPDR and the CODE Softkeys as in the previous procedure to
enable code entry.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the first two code digits.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
4) Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
ADDITIONAL AUDIO PANEL FUNCTIONS
INTERCOM SYSTEM (ICS) WITH THE GMA 350/350C/350H/350HC
The GMA 350/350c includes a six-position intercom system (ICS), two MUSIC
inputs, and one telephone/entertainment input for the pilot, copilot and passengers.
The intercom provides Pilot, Copilot, and Passenger audio isolation.
Press the PILOT Key, COPLT Key, and/or PASS Key to enable intercom audio for
the selected position. If the annunciators are lit, those positions will share intercom
audio. If an annunciator is NOT lit that position is isolated from the others.
NOTE: When the copilot position is configured as a passenger, the COPLT Key
is disabled and the copilot headset is treated as a ‘passenger’ for intercom
and entertainment audio distribution.
Index
Appendix
Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering
the code, the next softkey in sequence must be pressed within 10 seconds,
or the entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Pressing the
BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Five
seconds after the fourth digit has been entered, the transponder code
becomes active.
26
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
Flight
Instruments
NOTE: In the following modes the copilot position is configured as crew.
EIS
All Intercom Mode
In ‘All Intercom’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear each other and hear
the aircraft audio.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Pilot Isolate Mode
In ‘Pilot Isolate’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft audio.
The Copilot and Passengers also hear each other.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Passenger/Crew Isolate Mode
In ‘Passenger/Crew Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio and
each other. The Passengers hear each other.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Copilot Isolate Mode
In ‘Copilot Isolate’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft audio.
The Pilot and Passengers also hear each other. The Copilot has the option to use SplitCOM mode.
Appendix
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
27
All Isolate Mode
In ‘All Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio. The Copilot has
the option to use Split-COM mode. The Passengers hear each other.
Pilot & Copilot Isolate Mode
In ‘Pilot & Copilot Isolate’ mode the Pilot, Copilot, and Passengers hear the aircraft
audio. The Passengers hear each other. The Copilot has the option to use Split-COM
mode
Pilot & Passenger Isolate Mode
In ‘Pilot & Passenger Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot hear the aircraft audio.
The Passengers hear each other.
Copilot & Passenger Isolate Mode
In ‘Copilot & Passenger Isolate’ mode the Pilot and Copilot can hear the aircraft
audio. The Copilot has the option to use Split-COM mode. The Passengers hear each
other.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
BLUE-SELECT MODE (TELEPHONE/ENTERTAINMENT DISTRIBUTION)
The music (MUS1/MUS2/MUSIC/MUS) and telephone/entertainment (
) audio are distributed using the Blue-Select Mode.
The Blue-Select Mode is entered by pushing the small knob when the volume control cursor (flashing white annunciator) is not active. If the volume control cursor is
active, push the small knob twice. The first push will cancel the volume control cursor, the second will activate Blue-Select Mode.
28
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
Appendix
Index
29
Annun/Alerts
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Abnormal
Operation
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
SPLIT COM MODE WITH THE GMA 350/350C/350H/350HC
Selection of more than one MIC Key selects Split COM operation (using COM1/
COM2, COM1/COM3, or COM2/COM3). The COM1/MIC1, COM2/MIC2, or
COM3/MIC3 annunciators are illuminated indicating Split COM operation. The selected COM frequencies are displayed in green indicating that both transceivers are active. Split COM operation is cancelled by pressing one of the selected MIC Keys again.
When in Split-COM mode, the pilot is using the lower numbered COM, the copilot
is using the higher numbered COM. The MIC1 or MIC2 (depends on COMs selected
for Split-COM) Annunciator flashes when the pilot’s microphone PTT is pressed. The
MIC2 or MIC3 (depends on COMs selected for Split-COM) Annunciator flashes when
the copilot’s microphone PTT is pressed.
AFCS
Adjusting Manual Squelch
When the cursor is on MAN SQ, the Volume Control Knob adjusts the ICS Squelch
Threshold (the volume level that must be exceeded to be heard over the intercom).
Hazard
Avoidance
, MUS1, MUS2, MUSIC, and MUS Volume
When the cursor is on MKR, AUX,
, MUS1, MUS2, MUSIC or MUS, the Volume Control Knob adjusts the individual volume of the selected source.
Flight
Management
Adjusting MKR, AUX,
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Adjusting Speaker Volume
When the cursor is on SPKR, the Volume Control Knob adjusts the speaker volume
of the selected sources (COM, NAV, AUX, MKR). Alert volumes are not affected by the
speaker volume control knob.
EIS
Adjusting Intercom Volume
When the cursor is on PILOT, COPLT, or PASS, the Volume Control Knob adjusts
the intercom volume for the listener.
Flight
Instruments
The annunciator over the
Key will be flashing blue. Any combination of the
annunciators over the PILOT Key, COPLT Key, and PASS Key may be blue. Select
the desired key to turn the blue annunciator on or off to distribute the telephone/entertainment audio to selected crew/passenger positions. Turn the large knob to select
MUS1, MUS2, MUSIC, or MUS and select the crew positions to receive the music
audio.
Selecting any key other than PILOT, COPLT, PASS, MUS1, MUS2, MUSIC, MUS
or
will cancel Blue-Select Mode. Pushing the small knob will also cancel BlueSelect Mode. After approximately ten seconds with no input, the Blue-Select Mode
will automatically cancel.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
3D AUDIO
3D Audio is useful when multiple COM audio sources are present. By using different responses in each ear, 3D audio processing creates the illusion that each COM
audio source is coming from a unique location in the horizontal plane.
Because this feature uses different signals for left and right channels, it requires
wiring for stereo intercom and stereo headsets. If 3D audio is activated when mono
headsets are in use, the listener will still hear all audio sources; however, there is no
benefit from location separation.
With a single COM selected and 3D Audio enabled, the listener hears the audio
source at the 12 o’clock position. If both COMs are selected, the listener hears COM1
at 11 o’clock and COM2 at the 1 o’clock position. All other audio inputs are processed so that the listener hears the audio source at the 12 o’clock position.
Enabling 3D Audio
Press and hold the PILOT Key to toggle 3D audio processing on and off for all
headset positions. When 3D Audio is enabled, the aural message “3D audio left” is
heard in the left ear followed by “3D audio right” in the right ear. If the aural messages
are not heard in only the left and then the right ear respectively, the cause may be aircraft wiring or headset settings.
BLUETOOTH® (GMA 350C/350HC ONLY)
Pairing a Bluetooth Device with the Audio Panel
Push and hold the inner knob for two seconds. The Bluetooth Annunciator flashes
to indicate the unit is discoverable and the aural message “Bluetooth discoverable” is
heard. The Audio Panel will remain discoverable for 90 seconds or until a successful
pair is established. Once paired, the Bluetooth Annunciator turns steady blue and the
aural message “Bluetooth connected/paired” is heard.
Assigning an Audio Source to the Bluetooth Device
Press the  Key, MUS1 Key, MUS2 Key, or MUS Key until the annunciator
turns blue (the audio from the Bluetooth source will not be heard until this step is
complete). The key annunciator cycles OFF-WHITE-BLUE. WHITE selects the wired
audio source. BLUE selects the Bluetooth audio source. The BLUE source assignment
will persist through Bluetooth audio connection disruptions.
Bluetooth audio will maintain a separate volume level and Blue Select distribution
from the wired audio source. If the Bluetooth connection is supporting a phone call,
all intercom positions listening to that source can also speak on the call through the
headset MICs.
30
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
Flight
Instruments
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Additional Bluetooth Control Functions
In addition to the 2 second push and hold of the inner knob discussed above, the
knob has two additional functions that are intended to be seldom or never used. The
following functions are available if needed for troubleshooting:
• Push and hold the inner knob for 5 seconds to turn off the Bluetooth radio.
The aural message “Bluetooth off” is heard. This function electrically turns
off the radio, not just the audio source selection. In the event that Bluetooth
radio interference with communication or navigation equipment is suspected,
the Bluetooth radio can be powered off without powering off the entire audio
panel. A subsequent 5 second push and hold turns the radio back on.
• Push and hold the inner knob for 10 seconds to clear the memory of paired
devices (up to 10 are stored). Once cleared, the aural message “Bluetooth
list cleared” is heard. This function is used as a troubleshooting method
when a device is not pairing, or to remove a device that is no longer needed.
Hazard
Avoidance
AUDIO PANEL PREFLIGHT PROCEDURE
AFCS
Setting the Audio Panel during preflight:
1) Verify that the PILOT , COPLT and PASS annunciators are lit.
2) Adjust radio volume levels (COM, NAV) to a suitable level.
3) Use the Blue-Select Mode to distribute the telephone/entertainment and
music appropriately.
4) Use the VOL/CRSR Knobs to adjust the intercom volumes to the desired
level.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
31
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Blank Page
32
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Enabling/disabling North Up Above and selecting the minimum
switching range:
Flight
Management
Changing the Navigation Map orientation:
1) With the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘Map Settings’ Window.
3) Select the ‘Map’ Group if necessary and press the ENT Key. Turn the large FMS Knob, or
press the ENT Key once, to select the ‘Orientation’ Field.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired orientation.
5) Press the ENT Key to select the new orientation.
6) Push the FMS Knob to return to the base page.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
USING MAP DISPLAYS
EIS
Changing a field in the MFD Navigation Data Bar:
1) Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
2) Push the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the ‘MFD
Data Bar Fields’ Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list
to select the desired data.
5) Press the ENT Key. Pressing the Defaults Softkey returns all fields to the
default setting.
Flight
Instruments
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Annun/Alerts
3)
Select the ‘Map’ Group.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
Appendix
5)
Highlight the ‘North Up Above’ Field.
6)
Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’ using the small FMS Knob.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Index
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
33
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
7)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor
highlights the range field.
8)
Use the small FMS Knob to select the desired range.
9)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option.
EIS
10) Push the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
MAP RANGE
MAP PANNING
Panning the map:
1) With the desired map page displayed, push the Joystick to display the
Map Pointer.
2) Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map.
3) Push the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the
aircraft’s current position.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Configuring automatic zoom:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3) If necessary, turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Auto Zoom’ On/Off Field, and
select ‘Off’ or ‘On’ using the small FMS Knob.
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor
highlights the ‘Auto Zoom’ display selection field.
7) Select ‘MFD’, ‘PFD’, or ‘All’ using the small FMS Knob.
8) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor
highlights the ‘Max Look FWD’ Field. Times are from zero to 999 minutes.
9) Use the FMS Knobs to set the time. Press the ENT Key.
10) Repeat step 9 for ‘Min Look FWD’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘Time Out’ (zero
to 99 minutes).
11) Push the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
34
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Reviewing information for an airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint:
1) With the desired map page displayed on the MFD, push the Joystick to
display the Map Pointer and place the Map Pointer on a waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key to display the Information Page for the selected
waypoint.
3) Press the Go Back Softkey, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the
Information Page and return to the ‘Map – Navigation Map’ Page.
EIS
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Measuring bearing and distance between any two points:
1) Press the MENU Key (with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed).
2) Highlight the ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ Field.
3) Press the ENT Key. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the
aircraft’s present position.
4) Move the Joystick to place the reference pointer at the desired location.
The bearing and distance are displayed at the top of the map. Elevation
at the current pointer position is also displayed. Pressing the ENT Key
changes the starting point for measuring.
5) To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance option, push the Joystick; or select
‘Stop Measuring’ from the Page Menu and press the ENT Key.
Appendix
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Flight
Management
MEASURING BEARING AND DISTANCE
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Reviewing information for a special-use or controlled airspace:
1) With the desired map page displayed on the MFD, push the Joystick to
display the Map Pointer. Place the Map Pointer on the boundary of an
airspace. Information about the airspace is displayed on the map next to
the map pointer.
2) Push the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and center the map on the
aircraft.
Or:
1) With the desired map page displayed on the MFD, push the Joystick to
display the Map Pointer. Place the Map Pointer on an open area within the
boundaries of an airspace.
2) Press the ENT Key to display an options menu.
3) ‘Review Airspaces’ should already be highlighted, if not select it. Press the
ENT Key to display the ‘Information’ Window for the selected airspace.
4) Press the CLR or ENT Key to exit the Airspace Information Page.
35
TOPOGRAPHY
Displaying/removing topographic data on all MFD pages displaying navigation maps:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the TER Softkey until ‘Topo’ is shown on the softkey to display
topographic data.
3) Press the TER Softkey until ‘Off’ is shown on the softkey to remove
topographic data from the navigation map. When topographic data
is removed from the page, all navigation data is presented on a black
background.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Displaying/removing topographic data on the PFD Map:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey on the PFD.
2) Press the TER Softkey until ‘Topo’ is shown on the softkey to display
topographic data.
3) Press the TER Softkey until ‘Off’ is shown on the softkey to remove
topographic data from the navigation map. When topographic data
is removed from the page, all navigation data is presented on a black
background.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Selecting a topographical data range (Terrain Display):
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ Group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘Terrain Display’ range field. Ranges are from 1 nm to 1000
nm.
6) To change the Terrain Display range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to
display the range list.
7) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
8) Press the ENT Key.
9) Push the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
36
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Additional
Features
190-02184-02 Rev. A
AFCS
Decluttering the PFD Map:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey on the PFD.
2) Press the Detail Softkey. The current declutter level is shown. With each
selection, another level of map information is removed.
Hazard
Avoidance
Decluttering the map:
Press the Detail Softkey with the ‘Map – Navigation Map’ Page displayed.
The current declutter level is shown. With each softkey press, another level
of map information is removed.
Flight
Management
Map Declutter
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Setting up the ‘Land’, ‘Aviation’ or ‘Airspace’ Group items:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The cursor flashes
on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired Group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired option.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired setting (e.g. On/Off or
maximum range).
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option and move the cursor to the
next item.
8) Repeat steps 5-7 as necessary for subsequent fields.
9) Push the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
EIS
Symbol Setup
Flight
Instruments
Displaying/removing the topographic scale (Topo Scale):
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
4) Highlight the ‘Topo Scale’ Field.
5) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6) Push the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
37
AIRWAYS
Displaying/removing airways:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the AWY Softkey. Both High and Low Altitude Airways are displayed
(AWY On).
3) Press the softkey again to display Low Altitude Airways only (‘AWY LO’).
4) Press the softkey again to display High Altitude Airways only (‘AWY HI’).
5) Press the softkey again to remove High Altitude Airways. No airways are
displayed (‘AWY Off’).
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
ADDITIONAL NAVIGATION MAP ITEMS
Setting up additional ‘Map’ Group items:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map – Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired option.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
Or:
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Selecting an airway range (Low ALT Airways or High ALT Airways):
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map – Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ Group, and press the ENT
Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Low ALT Airways’ or ‘High ALT
Airways’ range field.
5) To change the range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range
list.
6) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
7) Press the ENT Key.
8) Push the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map – Navigation Map’ Page.
38
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option and move the cursor to the
next item.
8)
Repeat steps 5-7 as necessary.
9)
Push the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map.
EIS
7)
Flight
Instruments
If it is a data field, use the FMS Knob to select the range or time value.
WAYPOINTS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
From the ‘WPT – Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey) press the
Appendix
MENU Key. Select ‘View Destination Airport’. The Destination Airport is
displayed.
Index
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the PFD:
1) Press the Nearest Softkey to display the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window.
2) Highlight the airport identifier with the FMS Knob and press the ENT Key
to display the ‘Airport Information’ Window.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
AFCS
Viewing a destination airport:
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard
Avoidance
Selecting a runway:
1) With the ‘WPT – Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey) displayed, push
the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Runways’ Box, on the
runway designator.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired runway (if more than one)
for the selected airport.
4) To remove the flashing cursor, push the FMS Knob.
Flight
Management
Selecting an airport for review by identifier, facility name, or location:
1) From the ‘WPT – Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey), push the FMS
Knob.
2) Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location within
the ‘Airport’ Box.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Push the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
AIRPORTS
39
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
3)
To return to the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window press the ENT Key (with the
cursor on ‘BACK’) or press the CLR Key. The cursor is now on the next
airport in the nearest airports list. (Repeatedly pressing the ENT Key moves
through the airport list, alternating between the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window
and the ‘Airport Information’ Window.)
4)
Press the CLR Key or the Nearest Softkey to close the PFD ‘Nearest
Airports’ Window.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the MFD:.
1) Turn the FMS Knobs to select the ‘NRST – Nearest Airports’ Page (it is
the first page of the group, so it may already be selected). If there are no
Nearest Airports available, “None Within 200nm” is displayed.
2) Press the APT Softkey; or push the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Select Airport Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is
placed in the ‘Nearest Airports’ Box. The first airport in the nearest airports
list is highlighted.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport. (Pressing the ENT Key
also moves to the next airport.)
4) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Viewing runway information for a specific airport:
1) With the ‘NRST – Nearest Airports’ Page displayed, press the RNWY
Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Runway Window’; and
press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘Runways’ Box.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway.
3) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Selecting nearest airport surface and minimum runway length
matching criteria:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux – System Setup 1’ Page.
2) Push the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Runway Surface’ Field in the
‘Nearest Airport’ Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway option (Any, Hard
Only, Hard/ Soft).
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Minimum Length’ Field in the
‘Nearest Airport’ Box.
40
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Use the FMS Knob or keypad to enter the minimum runway length (zero to
25,000 feet) and press the ENT Key.
7)
Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Instruments
6)
NON-AIRPORT AND USER CREATED WAYPOINTS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
41
AFCS
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Hazard
Avoidance
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Management
Creating user waypoints from the ‘WPT – User WPT Information’
Page:
1) Press the New Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Create New
User Waypoint’.
2) Use the FMS Knobs or keypad to enter a user waypoint name.
3) Press the ENT Key to finish entering the waypoint name. By default, the
new waypoint is created as a Route waypoint type using the RAD/DIS mode
of reference. The current aircraft position is the default location of the new
waypoint.
4) Setting the Waypoint Type:
If the waypoint will be a ‘Route’ waypoint, press the ENT Key.
Or:
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Viewing Nearest Non-Airport Waypoints:
1) Turn the FMS Knobs to select the ‘NRST – Nearest (Intersections, NDB,
VOR, VRP, or User WPTS)’ Page.
2) Push the FMS Knob to display the flashing cursor in the ‘Nearest (INT, NDB,
VOR, VRP, or User)’ Box.
3) If needed, press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob as needed to select
an identifier.
4) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
Viewing Waypoint Information:
1) Turn the FMS Knobs to select the ‘WPT – (Intersection, NDB, VOR, VRP, or
User WPT) Information’ Page.
2) Push the FMS Knob to display the flashing cursor in the Intersection, NDB,
VOR, VRP, or User Waypoint Box.
3) Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location.
4) Press the ENT Key, if needed.
5) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
a) If the waypoint will be an ‘Airport’ waypoint, turn the FMS Knobs to
highlight ‘Airport’ press the ENT Key. Press the ENT Key again to close
the popup window regarding valid elevation.
5)
With the ‘Temporary’ Field highlighted, press the ENT Key to check or
uncheck the box to change the storage method to temporary or normal, as
desired.
6)
Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Waypoint Mode’ Field. If desired,
change the waypoint mode of reference in one of the following ways:
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
b) Use the FMS Knobs or keypad to enter the airport elevation and press
the ENT Key.
Select ‘RAD/RAD’ using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key,
and enter the two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the
‘Reference Waypoints’ Box using the FMS Knobs or keypad.
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
Select ‘RAD/DIS’ using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into
the ‘Reference Waypoints’ Box using the FMS Knobs or keypad.
AFCS
Or:
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Select ‘LAT/LON’ using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Box using the
FMS Knobs or keypad.
7)
Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the field in the ‘Comment’ Box. If
desired, use the FMS Knobs or keypad to change the comment (limited to
25 characters).
8)
When finished, push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Creating user waypoints from map pages:
1) Push the Joystick to activate the panning function and pan to the map
location of the desired user waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key. If the map pointer is within the boundaries of an
airspace, a menu pops. Use the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Create User
Waypoint’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘WPT – User WPT Information’ Page
is displayed with the captured position.
3) Use the FMS Knobs or keypad to enter the waypoint name. Press the ENT
Key to accept the waypoint name. By default, the new waypoint is created
as a Route waypoint type using the RAD/DIS mode of reference.
42
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Setting the Waypoint Type:
Flight
Instruments
4)
If the waypoint will be a ‘Route’ waypoint, press the ENT Key.
Or:
With the ‘Temporary’ Field highlighted, press the ENT Key to check or
uncheck the box to change the storage method to temporary or normal, as
desired.
6)
Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Waypoint Mode’ Field. If desired,
change the waypoint mode of reference in one of the following ways:
Hazard
Avoidance
Select ‘RAD/RAD’ using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key,
and enter the two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the
‘Reference Waypoints’ Box using the FMS Knobs or keypad.
Or:
8)
When finished, push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Annun/Alerts
Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the field in the ‘Comment’ Box. If
desired, use the FMS Knobs or keypad to change the comment (limited to
25 characters).
Abnormal
Operation
Select ‘LAT/LON’ using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Box using the
FMS Knobs or keypad.
43
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Appendix
Editing a user waypoint comment or location:
1) With the ‘WPT – User WPT Information’ Page displayed, push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Select a user waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box, if required, and press
the ENT Key.
3) Use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the desired field.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
Select ‘RAD/DIS’ using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into
the ‘Reference Waypoints’ Box using the FMS Knobs or keypad.
AFCS
Or:
7)
Flight
Management
5)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
b) Use the FMS Knobs or keypad to enter the airport elevation and press
the ENT Key.
EIS
a) If the waypoint will be an ‘Airport’ waypoint, turn the FMS Knobs to
highlight ‘Airport’ press the ENT Key. Press the ENT Key again to close
the popup window regarding valid elevation.
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
4)
Use the FMS Knobs or keypad to make any changes.
5)
Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
6)
Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Changing the user waypoint storage duration default setting:
1) With the ‘WPT – User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the MENU
Key.
2) Move the cursor to select ‘Waypoint Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
3) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Normal’ or ‘Temporary’ as desired, and
press the ENT Key.
4) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor and return to the ‘WPT –
User WPT Information’ Page.
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Deleting a single user waypoint:
1) With the ‘WPT – User WPT Information’ Page displayed, highlight a User
Waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box, or enter a waypoint in the ‘User
Waypoint’ Box.
2) Press the Delete Softkey or press the CLR Key. ‘Yes’ is highlighted in the
confirmation window.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
1) With the ‘WPT – User WPT Information’ Page displayed, push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Use the large FMS Knob to highlight a User Waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint
List’ Box, or use the FMS Knobs or keypad to enter a waypoint in the ‘User
Waypoint’ Box.
3) Press the MENU Key. Use the FMS Knobs to highlight ‘Delete User
Waypoint’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
5) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Deleting all user waypoints:
1) With the ‘WPT – User WPT Information’ Page displayed, highlight a User Waypoint in
the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
2) Press the MENU Key.
44
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Use the FMS Knobs to highlight ‘Delete All User Waypoints.’
4)
Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
Flight
Instruments
3)
AIRSPACES
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Hazard
Avoidance
Changing the altitude buffer distance setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux – System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1
Softkey).
2) Push the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Altitude Buffer’ Field in the
‘Airspace Alerts’ Box.
4) Use the FMS Knobs or keypad to enter an altitude buffer value and press
the ENT Key.
5) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Management
Enabling/disabling airspace alerts:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux – System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1
Softkey).
2) Push the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the ‘Airspace
Alerts’ Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert On or
counterclockwise to turn the alert Off.
5) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
NEAREST AIRSPACE
EIS
Displaying and removing airspace altitude labels:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map – Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The cursor flashes
on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airspace’ Group, if necessary, and
press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Airspace ALT LBL’ Field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ to display labels and ‘Off’ to
remove labels.
6) Push the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map – Navigation Map’ Page.
45
Flight Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Selecting and viewing an airspace alert with its associated information:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST – Nearest Airspaces’ Page.
2) Press the Alerts Softkey on the MFD; or push the FMS Knob; or press the
MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Alerts Window’, and press the ENT Key. The
cursor is placed in the ‘Airspace Alerts’ Box.
3) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airspace.
4)
Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Management
SMART AIRSPACE
DIRECT-TO-NAVIGATION
Entering a waypoint identifier, facility name, or city as a direct-to
destination:
1) Press the ¯ Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed (with the active
flight plan waypoint as the default selection or a blank waypoint field if no
flight plan is active).
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier
(turning it counter-clockwise brings up the waypoint selection submenu
– press the CLR Key to remove it), or use the keypad to begin entering a
waypoint identifier, or turn the large FMS Knob to select the facility name,
or city field and turn the small FMS Knob or use the keypad to begin
entering a facility name or city. If duplicate entries exist for the entered
facility or city name, additional entries can be viewed by turning the small
FMS Knob during the selection process.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Turning smart airspace on or off:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map – Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key, and press the ENT Key. The ’Map Settings’ Window
is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Airspace’ and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Smart Airspace’ Field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn smart airspace On or
counterclockwise to turn smart airspace Off.
6) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
46
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate?’ is highlighted.
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the direct-to.
Flight
Instruments
3)
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
47
AFCS
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Hazard
Avoidance
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Management
Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1) Select the page or window containing the desired waypoint type and select
the desired waypoint.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Selecting a Nearest, Recent or User waypoint as a direct-to
destination:
1) Press the ¯ Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed (with the active
flight plan destination as the default selection or a blank destination if no
flight plan is active).
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display the waypoint
submenu window.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Nearest, Recent or User
waypoints.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
EIS
Selecting an active flight plan waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1) While navigating an active flight plan, press the ¯ Key. The ‘Direct To’
Window is displayed with the active flight plan waypoint as the default
selection.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display the waypoint
submenu window with a list of flight plan waypoints.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired waypoint.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Select the desired waypoint.
3) Press the ¯ Key.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
2)
Press the ¯ Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window with the selected
waypoint as the direct-to destination.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
4)
Press ENT again to activate the direct-to.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination:
1) Press the Nearest Softkey on the PFD; or turn the FMS Knob to display the
‘NRST – Nearest Airports‘ Page on the MFD and push the FMS Knob.
2) Use the FMS Knob to select the desired airport (the nearest one is already
selected).
3) Press the ¯ Key.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Selecting a manual direct-to course:
1) Press the ¯ Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘CRS’ or ‘Course’ Field.
3) Use the small FMS Knob or keypad to enter the desired course.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Abnormal
Operation
Reselecting the direct course from the current position:
1) Press the ¯ Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed.
2) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
3) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the pointer:
1) From a navigation map page, push the Joystick to display the pointer.
2) Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired destination location.
3) If the pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, VRP, or user
waypoint, the waypoint name is highlighted.
4) Press the ¯ Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window with the selected
point entered as the direct-to destination.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
48
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
FLIGHT PLANNING
Flight
Instruments
Cancelling a Direct-to:
1) Press the ¯ Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight
plan is still active, the system resumes navigating the flight plan along the
closest leg.
FLIGHT PLAN DISPLAY
Flight
Management
Displaying/removing the active flight plan progress on the
navigation map:
1) Select the ‘Map – Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey.
4) Press the FPL PROG Softkey to display the active flight plan progress.
5) To remove the active flight plan progress from the navigation map, press
the Off Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Flight Plan Views
49
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Appendix
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annun/Alerts
Enabling/Disabling split screen mode from the ‘FPL – Active Flight
Plan’ Page:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL – Active Flight Plan’ Page.
Abnormal
Operation
Split Screen
Additional
Features
Changing the flight plan view:
1) Turn the FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL – Active Flight Plan’ Page or the ‘FPL
– Standby Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the View Softkey to display the Wide, Narrow, Leg-Leg, and CUM
Softkeys.
3) Press the CUM Softkey to view cumulative waypoint distance, or press the
Leg-Leg Softkey to view leg-to-leg waypoint distance.
4) Press the Wide Softkey to display the wide view, or press the Narrow
Softkey to display the narrow view.
5) Press the Back Softkey to return to the top level flight plan softkeys.
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
2)
Press the Charts Softkey. If necessary, press the CHRT Opt Softkey and
press the Full SCN Softkey to disable full screen mode. Split screen mode is
now enabled showing two display panes. The Chart Pane is highlighted by a
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
dark purple border indicating it is the active pane.
To quickly view the chart corresponding to the active flight plan leg, press
the Sync Softkey.
4)
Press the Charts Softkey again to disable split screen mode.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Displaying the flight plan map on the ‘FPL – Active Flight Plan’
Page in split screen mode:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL – Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the Charts Softkey. If necessary, press the CHRT Opt Softkey and
press the Full SCN Softkey to disable full screen mode. Split screen mode is
now enabled showing two display panes. The Chart Pane is highlighted by a
dark purple border indicating it is the active pane.
3) Use the Joystick to select the ‘Active Flight Plan’ Pane as the active pane.
4) Press the MENU Key. ‘Show Flight Plan Map’ is highlighted. Press the
ENT Key.
5) To remove the Flight Plan Map, press the MENU Key and select ‘Hide Flight
Plan Map’. Press the ENT Key.
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Changing the flight plan map orientation in split screen mode:
1) If necessary, use the Joystick to select the ‘FPL – Active Flight Plan’ Pane
as the active display pane.
2) Press the MENU Key. Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘FPL Map
Orientation to (Track Up, HDG Up, North Up)’.
3) Press the ENT Key to select the orientation setting and return to the ‘FPL –
Active Flight Plan’ Pane.
4) Repeat steps 2 through 3 to cycle through the different orientation settings.
CREATING A FLIGHT PLAN
Creating an active, standby, or stored flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key. Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor
(not required on PFD).
Or:
Index
Appendix
3)
50
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Or:
EIS
For a stored flight plan:
2)
If the system auto-designated the Origin, proceed to Step 3.
Or:
Hazard
Avoidance
Enter or modify the origin airport and runway as follows:
a) Select the field below the Origin header to enter the origin airport
identifier.
c) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Set Runway’ Window is displayed with the
‘Runway’ Field highlighted.
e) Press the ENT Key again to add the airport/runway to the flight plan.
4)
Select the enroute waypoints:
Abnormal
Operation
Select the destination airport and runway by highlighting the field below
the Destination header and completing steps 2b – 2e.
b) Use the FMS Knob, alphanumeric keypad, or the waypoint submenu to
enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint.
Appendix
c) Press the ENT Key. The flight plan is modified as each waypoint is
entered.
Repeat step number 4 to enter each additional enroute waypoint.
6)
When all waypoints have been entered, push the FMS Knob to remove to
deactivate the cursor.
51
Index
5)
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Annun/Alerts
a) Select the location to insert the waypoint.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
d) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the runway, and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
b) Use the FMS Knob, alphanumeric keypad, or the waypoint submenu to
enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the airport.
3)
Flight
Management
b) Press the New Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create New
Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key to display a blank flight plan for the
first empty storage location.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
FLIGHT PLAN WAYPOINT AND AIRWAY MODIFICATIONS
Flight Plan Waypoints
Adding a waypoint to the flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
2) Select the location to insert the waypoint.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank ‘Waypoint Information’ Window,
turning it counter-clockwise displays the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan,
nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints).
4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a
waypoint from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key. The flight
plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Index
Appendix
Creating and adding user waypoints to the flight plan using the
map pointer on the MFD:
1) For an active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For a standby flight plan, press the FPL. Turn the small FMS Knob to select
the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
Or:
52
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
a) Press the FPL Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
Flight
Instruments
For a stored flight plan:
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3)
Push the Joystick on the MFD to activate the panning function on the
flight plan map and pan to the location of the desired user waypoint.
4)
Press the LD WPT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Waypoint’, and press
the ENT Key. The user waypoint is created with a name of MAPxxx (using the next
available in sequence) and is added to the flight plan.
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
53
Additional
Features
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
AFCS
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard
Avoidance
Removing an individual waypoint from the flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
2) Select the waypoint to be removed.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Management
Select the location to insert the waypoint.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
2)
EIS
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
Flight Management
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Designating a fly-over waypoint:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
2) Select the location to insert the waypoint.
3) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Fly-Over Waypoint’, and press the ENT
Key. The ‘Set <waypoint> to be a fly-over waypoint?’ Window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5) To change the waypoint back to a fly-by waypoint, highlight the desired
waypoint. Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Fly-By Waypoint’, and press
the ENT Key. The ‘Set <waypoint> to be a fly-by waypoint?’ Window is
displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Annun/Alerts
Flight Plan Airways
Index
Appendix
Adding an airway to the flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Or:
54
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
EIS
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airway from the list, and press
the ENT Key. Low altitude airways are shown first in the list, followed by
“all” altitude airways, and then high altitude airways.
5)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airway exit point from the list, and press the
ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the
new airway inserted.
Additional
Features
Turn the small FMS Knob on the MFD one click clockwise and press the
LD AIRWY Softkey, or press the MENU Key for the and select “Load
Airway”(PFD or MFD). The LD AIRWY Softkey or the “Load Airway” menu
item is available only when a valid airway entry waypoint has already been
entered in the flight plan.
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
55
Abnormal
Operation
Removing an entire airway from the flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
AFCS
3)
Hazard
Avoidance
Select the location to insert the waypoint. If there is no valid airway entry
waypoint in the flight plan, one must be entered first.
Flight
Management
2)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Instruments
For a stored flight plan:
Flight Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
Select the header of the airway to be removed.
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name> from flight plan?’ window
is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Collapsing/expanding the airways in the flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Collapse Airways’ or ‘Expand Airways’, and
press the ENT Key. The airways are collapsed/expanded.
FLIGHT PLAN OPERATIONS
Activating a Flight Plan Leg
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
2)
Index
Activating a flight plan leg:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Select the end waypoint for the desired leg.
56
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
4)
Press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan leg. To cancel, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Push the FMS Knob to deactivate the flashing cursor.
If an active flight plan already exists, the message ‘Activate standby flight
plan and replace current active route?’ is displayed. Press the ENT Key
to continue. The ‘FPL – Active Flight Plan’ Page is displayed showing the
copied flight plan.
Appendix
3)
Annun/Alerts
Press the Activate Softkey.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
57
Index
Linking aircraft present position (‘Join from Present Position’) to
the standby flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL
- Standby Flight Plan’ Page.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Abnormal
Operation
2)
Additional
Features
Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select
the ‘FPL - Standby Flight Plan’ Page.
AFCS
1)
Hazard
Avoidance
Copy the active flight plan to the standby flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the active flight plan.
2) Press the Menu Key. Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Copy to Standby
Flight Plan’.
3) Press the ENT Key. If a standby flight plan already exists, the message
‘Copy to Standby Flight Plan and Replace Current Standby Flight Plan?’ is
displayed. Press the ENT Key to continue. The ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’
Page is displayed showing the copied flight plan.
Activating the standby flight plan:
Flight
Management
Viewing the active and standby flight plan:
For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key. The active flight plan may be viewed on
either the PFD or the MFD.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Utilizing the Standby Flight Plan
EIS
Press the ACT Leg Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Activate Leg’, and press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed
with ‘Activate’ highlighted.
Flight
Instruments
3)
2)
Push the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor. Turn the large FMS
Knob to highlight the desired waypoint for linking the aircraft present
position to.
3)
Press the Menu Key. Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Join From Present
Position’.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘P. POS’ reference is added to the standby flight plan
prior to the linked waypoint. To change the waypoint that P. POS is linked to,
repeat steps 2-4 for the desired waypoint.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Removing P. POS link from the standby flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL
- Standby Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Push the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor. Turn the large FMS
Knob to highlight the ‘P. POS’ reference.
3) Press the CLR Key. The message, ‘Remove Link?’ is displayed. Press the
ENT Key to remove the link from the standby flight plan.
Along Track Offsets
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Entering an along track offset distance:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Select the waypoint for the along track offset.
3) Press the ATK OFS Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Create ATK Offset Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
4) Enter a positive or negative offset distance in the range of ±1 to 999 nm
(offset must fall between the first and last waypoint within the flight plan).
5) Press the ENT Key to create the offset waypoint.
6) Push the FMS Knob to deactivate the flashing cursor.
Index
Removing an along track offset distance:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
58
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the along track offset.
3)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove VNAV along-track waypoint’ Window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
EIS
2)
Flight
Instruments
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Removing an altitude constraint from an along track offset:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Select the altitude constraint for along track offset.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove VNV altitude?’ Window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Entering a VNV altitude and along-track offset for the waypoint:
1) Press the ¯ Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the altitude field (‘VNV’ or
‘ALT’).
3) Enter the desired altitude.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint
is an airport, an additional choice is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to
choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.
5) The cursor is now flashing in offset distance field.
6) Enter the desired along-track distance.
7) Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate?’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to activate.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
59
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Closest Point of FPL
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Determining the closest point along the flight plan to a selected
waypoint:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Closest Point Of FPL’’, and press the ENT
Key. A window appears with the reference waypoint field highlighted.
3) Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and press the ENT Key. The system
displays the bearing (BRG) and distance (DIS) to the closest point along the flight plan
to the selected reference waypoint and creates a user waypoint at this location. The
name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier of the reference waypoint.
Parallel Track
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Activating parallel track:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Parallel Track’ Window is displayed with the ‘Direction’ Field highlighted.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘LEFT’ or ‘RIGHT’ and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Distance’ Field is highlighted.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob or use the keypad to enter a distance from 1-99
nm and press the ENT Key. ‘Activate Parallel Track’ is highlighted.
5) Press the ENT Key to activate parallel track. Push the FMS Knob or the
CLR Key to cancel the parallel track activation.
60
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Cancelling parallel track:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Parallel Track’ Window is displayed with ‘Cancel Parallel Track?’
highlighted.
3) Press the ENT Key.
EIS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
61
AFCS
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Hazard
Avoidance
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Management
Creating a user-defined hold at a flight plan waypoint:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
2) Select the waypoint for the hold.
3) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Hold at’ Window appears with the course field highlighted.
4) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
5) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
6) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and
press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
8) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press
the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
User-Defined Holding Patterns
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
9)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time),
and press the ENT Key.
10) Press the ENT Key while ‘Load?’ is highlighted to insert the hold into the
flight plan.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Creating a user-defined hold at the aircraft present position:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Present Position’, and press the
ENT Key. The ‘Hold at’ Window appears with the course field highlighted.
3) If desired, use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
5) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and
press the ENT Key.
6) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
7) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press
the ENT Key.
8) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time),
and press the ENT Key.
9) Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to create an Offroute
Direct-to hold waypoint at the aircraft present position and activate the
hold.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Creating a user-defined hold at a direct-to waypoint:
1) Press a ¯ Key and set up the direct-to waypoint as desired, then select
‘Hold?’ when finished.
2) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
3) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and
press the ENT Key.
5) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
6) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press
the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time),
and press the ENT Key.
62
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to activate the direct-to with the
user-defined hold defined at the direct-to waypoint. (If the direct-to waypoint is part
of the active flight plan, ‘HOLD’ is inserted into the active flight plan. If the direct-to
waypoint is not part of the active flight plan, an off-route direct-to hold is created.)
EIS
Exiting a user-defined hold inserted into the active flight plan:
Press the SUSP Softkey. The system will provide guidance to follow the
holding pattern to the inbound course and resume automatic waypoint
sequencing.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Flight
Management
Removing a user-defined hold at an off-route direct-to:
1) Press a ¯ Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2) Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’ Window with the cursor
on the ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ selection.
3) Press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Removing a user-defined hold from the flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘HOLD’ in the flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove Holding Pattern?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed from
the flight plan. Select ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key to cancel the removal
of the holding pattern.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Instruments
8)
63
MANAGING FLIGHT PLANS
Ignoring a pending flight plan transferred from a mobile device:
1) When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a ‘PENDING
FLIGHT PLAN’ pop-up alert appears in the lower right corner of the MFD, and a
Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page title.
2) Press the CLR Key to remove the pop-up alert and ignore the pending flight
plan. The pending flight plan will still be available on the ‘FPL – Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
Or:
Press the Ignore Softkey to remove the pop-up alert and ignore the
pending flight plan. The pending flight plan will still be available on the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Previewing a pending flight plan transferred from a mobile device:
1) When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a ‘PENDING
FLIGHT PLAN’ pop-up alert appears in the lower right corner of the MFD, and a
Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page title.
2) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL – Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the
MFD.
Or:
Press the Preview Softkey to display the ‘FPL – Preview Flight Plan’ Page
on the MFD.
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Storing a pending flight plan transferred from a mobile device:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the pending flight plan.
5) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL – Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the
MFD.
6) Press the Store Softkey to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is
stored and the pending annunciation is removed.
Index
Activating a pending flight plan transferred from a mobile device:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL – Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
64
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the pending flight plan.
3)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL – Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the
MFD.
4)
Press the Activate Softkey. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ window is displayed.
EIS
5)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to activate the pending flight
plan. The pending flight plan becomes the active flight plan and is removed
from the ‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Instruments
2)
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
65
Additional
Features
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
AFCS
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard
Avoidance
Deleting all pending flight plans:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the MENU Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All Pending’.
5) Press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all pending flight plans?’ confirmation
window is displayed.
6) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all pending flight plans.
To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press
the ENT Key.
Flight
Management
Deleting a pending flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired pending flight plan.
5) Press the Delete Softkey. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
Or:
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
6) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the pending flight plan.
The pending flight plan is removed from the ‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’
Page. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and
press the ENT Key.
Flight Management
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card:
1) Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the
MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL – Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
4) Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight an empty or existing flight plan.
6) Press the Import Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Import Flight
Plan”, and press the ENT Key.
If an empty slot is selected, a list of the available flight plans on the SD
card will be displayed.
Or:
If an existing flight plan is selected, an “Overwrite existing flight plan?
OK or Cancel” prompt is displayed. Press the ENT Key to choose to
overwrite the selected flight plan and see the list of available flight
plans on the SD card. If overwriting the existing flight plan is not
desired, select “Cancel” using the FMS Knob, press the
ENT Key, select another flight plan slot, and press the Import Softkey
again.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan for importing.
8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the import.
9) Press the ENT Key again to confirm the import.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Exporting a flight plan to an SD Card:
1) Insert the SD card into the top card slot on the MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL – Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
4) Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be exported.
6) Press the Export Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Export Flight
Plan”.
7) If desired, change the name for the exported file by turning the large FMS
Knob to the left to highlight the name, then use the small and large FMS
knobs or keypad to enter the new name, and press the ENT Key.
66
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key to initiate the export.
9)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the export.
Flight
Instruments
8)
Inverting the Active Flight Plan
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
67
AFCS
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Hazard
Avoidance
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Management
Viewing information about a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL – Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired flight plan.
4) Information is displayed in the ‘Flight Plan Info’ Box showing departure,
destination, total distance, and enroute safe altitude information for the
selected flight plan.
5) Press the Edit Softkey to open the ‘FPL – Stored Flight Plan’ Page and view
the waypoints in the flight plan.
6) Push the FMS Knob to exit the ‘FPL – Stored Flight Plan’ Page.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Deleting the active or standby flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Delete all waypoints in flight plan?’ window is displayed.
3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the active flight plan. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the
ENT Key.
EIS
Inverting the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key.
An ‘Invert Active Flight Plan?’ confirmation window is displayed.
3) Highlight ‘OK’.
4) Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the active flight plan. To cancel,
press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
Flight Management
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Storing an active flight plan or a standby flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key. Highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The flight plan is stored in
the next available position in the flight plan list on the ‘FPL – Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL – Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the Activate Softkey; or press the ENT Key twice; or press the
MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key.
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL – Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the Invert Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert &
Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Invert and activate stored flight
plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
Index
Copying a stored flight plan to another flight plan memory slot, on
the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL – Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
68
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired flight plan.
3)
Press the Copy Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Copy Flight
Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Copy to Flight Plan XX?’ window is
displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. To cancel
the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
2)
EIS
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
69
Additional
Features
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
AFCS
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard
Avoidance
Changing the flight plan comment:
1) For the active flight plan:
Press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Flight
Management
Deleting all stored flight plans:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL – Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Delete All’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all flight plans?’
confirmation window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all flight plans. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the
ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Deleting a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL – Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the Delete Softkey; press the CLR Key; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete Flight
Plan #?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the
ENT Key.
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
EIS
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
Select the comment field.
3)
Use the FMS Knobs or alphanumeric keys on the PFD/MFD Controller to
edit the comment.
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
5)
Push the FMS Knob to deactivate the flashing cursor.
Enabling and Disabling VNV guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD.
2) Press the ENBL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Enable
VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is enabled, and vertical
guidance begins with the waypoint shown in the ‘Active VNV Profile’ Box
(defaults first waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude enabled for
vertical navigation (e.g., FALUR)).
3) To disable VNV guidance, press the Cncl VNV Softkey; or press the MENU
Key, highlight ‘Cancel VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is
disabled.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
CONSTRAINTS
NOTE: Initiating the VNV direct-to function to the FAF, manually specifying
an FPA to the FAF, or manually creating an altitude constraint at the FAF will
disrupt the VNV function from creating a lateral offset. Thus, the baro-VNV
path may not intersect the approach descent path.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
2)
VERTICAL NAVIGATION
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
70
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Altitude Constraints
EIS
System Calculated Advisory
Altitude (White Text)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Modified Altitude Constraint
(Cyan Text with Pencil Icon)
Flight
Management
Designated Altitude
Constraint (Cyan Text)
White Text with Altitude
Restriction Bar
Hazard
Avoidance
Altitude Constraint Examples
5OOOFT
Cross AT 2,300 ft
Cross AT or ABOVE
5,000 ft
Cross AT or BETWEEN
5,000 ft and 7,000 ft
Additional
Features
3OOOFT
Cross AT or BELOW
3,000 ft
AFCS
23OOFT
Temperature Compensated
Cyan Text
Abnormal
Operation
White Text
5OOOFT
5OOOFT
The system cannot use this altitude in
determining vertical guidance because of an
invalid constraint condition.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Appendix
Altitude(s) retrieved from the navigation
database. White line(s) above and/or below
indicate the type of constraint as shown in the
preceding figure. These altitudes are provided
as a reference, and are not designated for
vertical guidance.
Altitude is designated for vertical guidance.
Cyan line(s) above and/or below indicate the
type of constraint as shown in the preceding
figure. A pencil icon indicates manual
designation or manually modified data entry.
Annun/Alerts
Altitude calculated by the system estimating
the altitude of the aircraft as it passes over the
navigation point.
71
When a procedure is loaded, the system will auto-designate (automatically enter
and enable) altitude constraints to be used for vertical guidance. An altitude constraint
which has been auto-designated by the system will be displayed as cyan text.
An altitude constraint may be manually designated only if it is available for vertical
guidance. Altitudes that are not available for vertical guidance are shown in white text
and cannot be selected by the cursor.
NOTE: If the Final Approach Fix (FAF) is available for vertical guidance, the
FAF altitude constraint may be modified and set above or below the published
FAF altitude.
For all designated altitudes, the system will automatically calculate advisory altitudes prior to the designated altitude constraint. These advisory altitudes are not
auto-designated and are displayed as white text.
Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “un-designated”. Pressing the CLR Key with the altitude constraint highlighted in the active
flight plan removes the altitude constraint designation. The altitude will not be used
for vertical guidance and the text displayed will be shown in white. The system will
recalculate advisory altitudes (white text) when any altitude constraint is designated,
modified, or un-designated.
An altitude constraint may be entered as a flight level (FL), height above mean sea
level (MSL), or height above ground level (AGL). AGL format is only available for
airport waypoints.
A designated altitude constraint may be rendered invalid if any of the following are
true:
• Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle or maximum
vertical speed to be exceeded
• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb
• The descent constraints are not sequentially descending.
Altitude constraints can be modified or deleted after having been added to the flight
plan. If an altitude constraint is removed and the navigation database contains an altitude restriction for the lateral waypoint, the system will display that altitude restriction
in white text. The system also provides a way to revert a published altitude constraint
that has been modified.
Entering or modifying an altitude constraint:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD.
2) Select the desired waypoint altitude constraint field.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
72
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Edit the constraint using the FMS Knobs or alphanumeric keypad:
a) Select the ‘Type’ Field and choose ‘AT’, ‘ABOVE’, ‘BELOW’, or
‘BETWEEN’ as the type of constraint and press the ENT Key to accept,
the ‘ALT’ Field is now highlighted.
AFCS
Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint.
Additional
Features
Removing/undesignating an altitude constraint:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD.
2) Select the desired waypoint altitude constraint (‘ALT’).
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove VNV altitude?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
Index
73
Appendix
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Annun/Alerts
Reverting a manually entered altitude constraint back to the navigation database value:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD.
2) Select the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of
nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4) Select ‘Revert’ and press the ENT Key. The altitude is changed to the
navigation database value.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard
Avoidance
5)
Flight
Management
Press the ENT Key to accept the constraint Type and Altitude. If the
selected waypoint is an airport without a runway selected, an additional
choice is displayed when entering QNH altitudes. Turn the small FMS Knob
to choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude. For
AGL altitudes, a popup window will appear, requesting the confirmation of
an AGL to MSL altitude value conversion. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the
ENT Key
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
4)
EIS
b) Enter the desired altitude(s) and press the ENT Key. To enter altitudes
as a flight level, turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise past zero
or clockwise past 9 on the first character, and the system automatically
changes to show units of Flight Level. Turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to highlight the first zero and enter the three digit flight level.
To enter altitudes as a flight level using the keypad, enter ‘F’ as the first
character.
Flight
Instruments
3)
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Vertical Speed and Flight Path Angle Constraints
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Modifying the VS TGT and FPA:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD.
2) Press the VNV Prof Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select VNV
Profile Window’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is now located in the
‘Active VNV Profile’ Box.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs or use the alphanumeric keypad as needed to edit the
values.
4) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
VERTICAL SITUATION DISPLAY (VSD)
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Modifying the default FPA:
1) Use the FMS Knob and Setup 2 Softkey to select the ‘Aux - System Setup
2’ Page.
2) Push the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘DEFAULT FPA’ Field in the ‘VNV’
Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to set the desired flight path angle.
Constraint Type
Numeric Representation
AT
3OOOFT
AT or ABOVE
5OOOFT
AT or BELOW
3OOOFT
AT or BETWEEN
5OOOFT
3OOOFT
Altitude Constraint Icon
Index
Altitude Constraint Icons
74
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
FPL Criteria
(1) Active FPL available &
Terrain/obstacles along the current
aircraft not within FPL swath, track, vertical track vector, and
or (2) Active FPL not available selected altitude
FPL
Active FPL not available
TRK
N/A
Terrain/obstacles along the current
track, vertical track vector, and
selected altitude
AFCS
* Active flight plan information consists of waypoints, associated altitude constraints, current VNV
profile, TOD/BOD, and destination runway
VSD Modes
Description
‘Flight Plan Not Available’
Flight Plan mode is selected and there is not a flight plan
loaded with at least one leg.
‘Flight Plan mode unavailable
because aircraft off course and
active leg over 200 NM’
All of the following are true:
Annun/Alerts
VSD is loading data due to a range change, full/half switch, or
first being selected for display.
Abnormal
Operation
‘Loading…’
-- Flight Plan mode is selected
-- The active leg is greater than 200 nm
-- The aircraft is outside the swath
Flight Plan mode is selected and the aircraft’s position, as
projected on the flight plan, is past the end of the active leg.
Appendix
‘Aircraft Beyond Active Leg’
Additional
Features
VSD Messages
Under certain conditions, some messages may appear in conjunction with others.
Message
Hazard
Avoidance
Track
Only shows message ‘Flight Plan
Not Available’
Flight
Management
Active FPL available
Terrain/obstacles along the active
flight plan route, vertical track
vector, selected altitude, and active
flight plan information*
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
AUTO TRK
EIS
AUTO FPL
Terrain/obstacles along the active
Available active FPL & aircraft flight plan route, vertical track
within FPL swath
vector, selected altitude, and active
flight plan information*
Auto
Flight Plan
Items available on VSD
Flight
Instruments
VSD Mode Displayed
Button
Mode
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
75
Message
‘VSD Not Available’
‘VSD Data Old,. Deselect and
Reselect VSD’
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
At least one of the following is true:
-- Valid terrain database not available
-- GPS MSL altitude not available
-- Current barometric altitude not available
-- Neither current track nor current heading available
-- GPS position not available
-- Map range setting is less than 1 nm
VSD data has failed to update for 2 seconds or more.
VSD System Messages
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Enabling the Vertical Situation Display
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey.
4) Press the VSD Softkey to enable the Vertical Situation Display.
5) Press the VSD mode softkey to choose between Auto, FPL, or TRK.
Additional
Features
Disabling the Vertical Situation Display
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey.
4) Press the Off Softkey.
VERTICAL NAVIGATION DIRECT TO
Activating a vertical navigation direct-to:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD.
2) Select the desired waypoint.
3) Press the VNV ¯ Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘VNV
¯’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Activate vertical ¯ to: NNNNNFT at
XXXXXX?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4) Press the ENT Key. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for
the selected waypoint.
5) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Description
76
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Removing a VNV direct-to altitude constraint:
1) Press the ¯ Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Clear Vertical Constraints’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
EIS
PROCEDURES
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Viewing available procedures at an airport:
1) From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey):
Press the DP Softkey. The ‘WPT - Departure Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page.
Or:
Press the STAR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Arrival Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page.
Or:
Press the APR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Approach Information’ Page is
displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the ‘WPT - Airport
Information’ Page.
2) To select another airport, Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter
an identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the procedure. The procedure is
previewed on the map.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available procedures. Press the ENT
Key to select the procedure. The cursor moves to the next box (runway or
transition). The procedure is previewed on the map.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runway or transition. Press
the ENT Key to select the runway or transition. The cursor moves to the
next box (if available). The procedure is previewed on the map.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runway or transition. Press
the ENT Key to select the runway or transition. The cursor moves to the
‘Sequence’ Box or the ‘Minimums’ Box. The procedure is previewed on the
map.
7) Press the Info 1 Softkey to return to the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
77
DEPARTURES
Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the PROC
Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘Select Departure’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Departure Loading’ Page is displayed.
4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
5) Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key.
6) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is
highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Loading a departure into the active flight plan from the ‘WPT –
Departure Information’ Page:
1) From the ‘WPT – Airport Information’ Page (first page in the ‘WPT’ Page Group), press
the DP Softkey. The ‘WPT – Departure Information’ Page is displayed, defaulting to the
airport displayed on the ‘WPT – Airport information’ Page.
2) To select another airport, push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter
an identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
3) Select a different departure, if desired.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Departure. The departure is
previewed on the map.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available departures. Press the
ENT Key to select the departure. The cursor moves to the ‘Runway’
Box. The departure is previewed on the map.
c) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to
select the runway. The cursor moves to the ‘Transition’ Box (only if there are
available transitions). The departure is previewed on the map.
d) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the
ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor moves to the ‘Sequence’
Box. The departure is previewed on the map.
4) Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’ Window.
78
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Load Departure’.
6)
Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure into the active flight
plan.
Flight
Instruments
5)
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
79
Hazard
Avoidance
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Flight
Management
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Removing a departure procedure from the active, standby, or
stored flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
EIS
Loading a departure procedure into a standby flight plan or a
stored flight plan:
1) For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
2) Press the LD DP Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Departure’,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC – Departure Loading’ Page is displayed.
3) Select a departure. Press the ENT Key.
4) Select a runway served by the selected departure, if required. Press the
ENT Key.
5) Select a transition for the selected departure. Press the ENT Key.
6) Press the ENT Key to load the selected departure procedure.
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
2)
Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Departure’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the
departure procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight
‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Management
Or:
1)
For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key. Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor
(not required on PFD).
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
AFCS
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
Additional
Features
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
2)
Select the departure header in the flight plan.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the
departure procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight
‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
80
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
81
Hazard
Avoidance
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Flight
Management
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan from the ‘WPT –
Arrival Information’ Page:
1) From the ‘WPT – Airport Information’ Page (first page in the ‘WPT’ Page
Group), press the STAR Softkey. The ‘WPT – Arrival Information’ Page
is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the ‘WPT – Airport
Information’ Page.
2) To select another airport, push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter
an identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
3) Select a different arrival, if desired.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the arrival. The arrival is
previewed on the map.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available arrivals. Press the ENT
Key to select the arrival. The cursor moves to the ‘Transition’ Box (only
if there are available transitions). The arrival is previewed on the map.
c) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the
ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor moves to the ‘Runway’
Box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
d) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT
Key to select the runway. The cursor moves to the ‘Sequence’ Box. The
arrival is previewed on the map.
4) Press the MENU Key to display the Arrival Information ‘Page Menu’
Window.
EIS
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘Select Arrival’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
5) Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key.
6) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘Load’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure.
Flight
Instruments
ARRIVALS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
5)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Load Arrival’.
6)
Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure into the active flight plan.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Loading an arrival procedure into the standby flight plan or stored
flight plan:
1) For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
2) Press the LD STAR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Arrival’,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC – Arrival Loading’ Page is displayed.
3) Select an arrival. Press the ENT Key.
4) Select a transition for the selected arrival. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a runway served by the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT
Key.
6) Press the ENT Key to load the selected arrival procedure.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Removing an arrival from the active, standby, or stored flight plan:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
82
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight
‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
Or:
1)
For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
Flight
Management
3)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Arrival’.
EIS
2)
Flight
Instruments
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
Hazard
Avoidance
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
3)
Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight
‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Appendix
Select the arrival header in the active flight plan.
Annun/Alerts
2)
Abnormal
Operation
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
Additional
Features
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
AFCS
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
83
APPROACHES
Instrument Approach
WARNING: Do not use geometric altitudes for compliance with air traffic
control altitude requirements. The primary barometric altimeter must be used
for compliance with all air traffic control altitude regulations, requirements,
instructions, and clearances.
HSI Annunciation
Description
LNAV
GPS approach using LNAV, VOR, or NDB MDA. Available only if GPS
available. If GPS unavailable, abort.
GPS approach using LNAV, VOR, or NDB MDA with advisory vertical
guidance. Available only if GPS available. If GPS unavailable, abort.
GPS approach using LNAV/VNAV DA. Available with Baro/VNAV or SBAS
availability. If both SBAS and Baro/VNAV unavailable, downgrades to
published LNAV MDA.
GPS approach using LP MDA. Available only if SBAS available. If SBAS
unavailable, downgrades to published LNAV MDA.
GPS approach using LP MDA with advisory vertical guidance. Available only
if SBAS available. If SBAS unavailable, downgrades to published LNAV MDA.
GPS approach using LPV DA. Available only if SBAS available. If SBAS
unavailable, downgrades to L/VNAV published DA if Baro/VNAV available.
Without Baro-VNAV or if after the FAF, downgrades to published LNAV MDA.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
LNAV+V
Hazard
Avoidance
L/VNAV
LP
AFCS
LP+V
Additional
Features
LPV
Approach Service Levels and Downgrades
Abnormal
Operation
Approach Selection and Removal
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the PROC
Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘Select Approach’, and press the ENT Key.
3) Select the airport and approach:
a) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT
Key.
b) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
Index
Or:
a) If necessary, on the MFD, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach
list, and use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the ‘Approach
Channel’ Field.
84
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
5)
Minimums
EIS
4)
Flight
Instruments
b) Use the FMS Knob or keypad to enter the approach channel number,
and press the ENT Key to accept the approach channel number. The
airport and approach are selected.
Or:
Flight
Management
b) If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the temperature
field. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the temperature, and press the
ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
a) To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP
COMP’ and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
altitude, and press the ENT Key.
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
Press the ENT Key with ‘Load’ highlighted to load the approach procedure;
or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate’ and press the ENT Key to
load and activate the approach procedure.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the ‘NRST Nearest Airports’ Page:
1) Select the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page.
2) Push the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired nearest airport. The
airport is previewed on the map.
3) Press the APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Approach
Window’, and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired approach.
5) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Load
Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page is
displayed with the transitions field highlighted.
6) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition, and press the ENT
Key.
AFCS
When a visual approach is selected, the message ‘Obstacle clearance is not
provided for visual approaches’ is displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press
the ENT Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
6)
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
85
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
7)
Minimums
a) To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP
COMP’ and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
altitude, and press the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
b) If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the temperature
field. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the temperature, and press the
ENT Key.
Flight
Management
Or:
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. The ‘LOAD?’ Field is
highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach
procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate?’ and press
the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure.
Hazard
Avoidance
When a visual approach is selected, the message ‘Obstacle clearance is not
provided for visual approaches’ is displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press
the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Loading an approach procedure into a standby flight plan or a
stored flight plan:
1) For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
2) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load
Approach”, and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC – Approach Loading’ Page
is displayed.
3) Select the airport and approach:
a) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
b) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
86
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
a) If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the
large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the Approach ‘Channel’ Field.
Select a transition for the selected approach. Press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the ENT Key to load the selected approach procedure.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
4)
EIS
b) Use the FMS Knob or keypad to enter the approach channel number,
and press the ENT Key to accept the approach channel number. The
airport and approach are selected.
Flight
Management
Activating a previously loaded approach:
1) Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed with ‘Activate
Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
Hazard
Avoidance
Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to final:
1) Press the PROC Key to display the ‘Procedures’ Window.
2) Highlight ‘Activate Vector-to-Final’ and press the ENT Key.
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
87
Abnormal
Operation
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Additional
Features
Removing an approach from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the
approach procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
Loading and activating an approach using the MENU Key:
1) Press the PROC Key.
2) Use the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Approach’ and press the ENT
Key.
3) From the ‘PROC – Approach Loading’ Page, press the MENU Key on
the MFD. The ‘Page Menu’ Window is displayed with ‘Load & Activate
Approach’ highlighted.
4) Press the ENT Key.
When a visual approach is selected, the message ‘Obstacle clearance is not
provided for visual approaches’ is displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press
the ENT Key.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Instruments
Or:
Flight Management
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Removing an approach from the active, standby, or stored flight
plan:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the
approach procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight
‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
Or:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key.
Or:
For the standby flight plan, press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small
FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL – Standby Flight Plan’ Page and push the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
Or:
For a stored flight plan:
a) Press the FPL Key on the MFD. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the
‘FPL – Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and push the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
88
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
3)
Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach
procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight
‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Push the FMS Knob to deactivate the flashing cursor.
Flight
Management
Missed Approach
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Select the approach header in the active flight plan.
EIS
2)
Flight
Instruments
c) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select ‘Edit’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL – Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan:
Fly past the MAP, and press the SUSP Softkey on the PFD.
Hazard
Avoidance
Or:
Press the Go-Around Button.
Or:
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Missed Approach’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The aircraft automatically sequences to the MAHP.
Additional
Features
Press the PROC Key.
AFCS
1)
Temperature Compensated Altitude
computed as the temperature is selected.
Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate Compensation?’ is highlighted.
7)
Press the ENT Key. The compensated altitudes for the approach are
Index
6)
shown in the flight plan.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Appendix
Set the ‘Temperature at <airport>’ Field. The compensated altitude is
Annun/Alerts
5)
Abnormal
Operation
Manually setting temperature compensated for approach altitudes:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the MENU Key, the ‘Page Menu’ Window is displayed.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Temperature Compensation’ Window is displayed
with the temperature highlighted.
89
Flight Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Cancelling temperature compensation setting for approach altitudes:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the MENU Key, the ‘Page Menu’ Window is displayed.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Temperature Compensation’ Window is displayed.
5)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Cancel Compensation?’ is highlighted.
6)
Press the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Entering a temperature compensated minimum into an approach:
1) From the ‘FPL – Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the PROC Key. The
‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Approach’. Press the ENT
Key.
3) Use the FMS Knob and the ENT Key to select the desired approach and
transition.
4) Use the FMS Knob to place the flashing cursor in the ‘Minimums’ Box. Turn
the small FMS Knob to select ‘TEMP COMP’. Press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob or use the keypad to enter the minimums altitude.
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘TEMP AT <destination
airport>’ Field.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob or use the keypad to enter the temperature at the
destination. Press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key to Load or Activate the approach. The approach
is added to the active flight plan, and the temperature compensated
minimums are displayed on the PFD.
WEIGHT PLANNING
Viewing the zoomed CG Graph:
1) From the ‘Aux - Weight Planning’ Page, press the Graph Softkey.
2) Press the Zoom Softkey to switch between the zoomed and normal view
for the ‘Station vs Weight’ graph.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
4)
90
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Entering aircraft load:
Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field within the
‘Aircraft Load’ Box.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob or use the keypad to enter the weight.
4)
Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
5)
Repeat steps 2 through 4 until all seat, fluid, and baggage weight values
are accurate.
6)
Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
1)
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Entering the fuel reserves weight:
1) Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Fuel Reserves’
Field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob or use the keypad to enter the fuel reserves
weight.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Push the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Entering the fuel on board weight on the ‘Initial Usable Fuel’ Page:
1) Press the Fuel Softkey to display the ‘Initial Usable Fuel’ Page.
2) Add or subtract fuel:
Turn the FMS Knobs to match the fuel quantity.
Or:
Press the Full Softkey if the fuel tanks are full
Or:
Press the Tabs Softkey if the fuel level visually matches the physical tab
level within each fuel tank.
3) Press the ENT Key or the W&B Softkey to return to the ‘Aux - Weight and
Balance’ Page.
4) Press the ENT Key or the Confirm Softkey to confirm the ‘Aux - Weight
and Balance’ Page entries, or press the Undo Softkey to remove any fuel
quantity changes that were made.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
91
WEIGHT AND BALANCE CAUTION AND WARNING CONDITIONS
If the Zero Fuel Weight is greater than the maximum allowable zero fuel weight,
then the Zero Fuel Weight is displayed in amber.
If the Ramp Weight is greater than the maximum allowable ramp weight, then the
Ramp Weight is displayed in amber.
If the Takeoff Weight is greater than the maximum allowable takeoff weight, then
the Takeoff Weight is displayed in amber.
If the Current Weight is outside the envelope, then the Current Weight is displayed
in amber.
If the Estimated Landing Weight is greater than the maximum allowable landing
weight, then the Estimated Landing Weight is displayed in amber.
If the Estimated Landing Fuel weight is positive, but less than or equal to the Fuel
Reserves weight, the following values are displayed in amber:
- Estimated Landing Fuel weight
- Excess Fuel weight
If the estimated landing fuel weight is zero or negative, then the following values
are displayed in amber:
- Estimated Landing Fuel weight
- Excess Fuel weight
If the aircraft CG will lie outside the specified CG envelope at any time (to include
remaining fuel burn calculated after landing), then the respective Take Off triangle,
Current diamond, Fuel Burn line, and/or Landing square will be displayed in amber.
If the value for the ‘Station’ Field is outside of the specified CG envelope, then the
data in the ‘Station’ Field will be displayed in amber.
TRIP PLANNING
Selecting automatic or manual page mode:
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the Auto Softkey or the Manual
Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Auto Mode’ or ‘Manual Mode’,
and press the ENT Key.
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Index
Appendix
Selecting flight plan or waypoint mode:
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the FPL Softkey or the WPTs
Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Flight Plan Mode’ or ‘Waypoints
Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
92
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
Flight
Instruments
Selecting a flight plan and leg for trip statistics:
1) From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, Push the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor in the ‘FPL’ Field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan number.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CUM’ or ‘REM’. The statistics for
each leg can be viewed by turning the small FMS Knob to select the
desired leg. The Trip Planning map also displays the selected data.
EIS
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Appendix
1) Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
2) If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
Annun/Alerts
Predicting RAIM availability at a selected waypoint:
Abnormal
Operation
NOTE: The system RAIM prediction capability does not meet all RAIM prediction requirements. Reference the RAIM/Fault Detection and Exclusion (FDE)
Prediction Tool at flygarmin.com as required.
Additional
Features
RAIM PREDICTION
AFCS
Turn the FMS Knobs to move the cursor onto the ‘Departure Time’
Field and enter the desired value. Press the ENT Key. The statistics
are calculated using the new value and the cursor moves to the next
entry field. Repeat until all desired values have been entered.
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations:
1) From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the Manual Softkey or select
‘Manual Mode’ from the ‘Page Menu’ Window, and press the ENT Key. The
cursor may now be positioned in any field in the top right two boxes.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Selecting waypoints for waypoint mode:
1) From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the WPTs Softkey; or press the
MENU Key, highlight ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor
is positioned in the waypoint field directly next to the ‘FPL’ Field.
2) Turn the FMS Knobs to select the desired waypoint (or press the MENU
Key and highlight ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ if that is what is desired),
and press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the second waypoint field.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs to select the desired waypoint, and press the ENT Key.
The statistics for the selected leg are displayed.
93
Flight Management
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘Waypoint’ Field is highlighted.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’
Window.
5) Enter the desired waypoint:
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired waypoint by identifier,
facility, or city name and press the ENT Key.
Or:
a) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list
of flight plan waypoints (the FPL list is populated only when
navigating a flight plan).
b) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Flight Plan,
Nearest, Recent, or User waypoints, if required.
c) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired
waypoint. The system automatically fills in the identifier, facility,
and city fields with the information for the selected waypoint.
d) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
6)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
7)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
8)
With the cursor highlighting ‘Compute RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once
RAIM availability is computed, one of the following is displayed:
•
‘Compute RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current
waypoint, time, and date combination
•
‘Computing Availability’—RAIM calculation in progress
•
‘RAIM Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified
waypoint, time, and date
•
‘RAIM not Available’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the
specified waypoint, time, and date
Index
Predicting RAIM availability at present position:
1) Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
2) If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘Waypoint’ Field is highlighted.
94
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight Management
With ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
7)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
8)
Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
9)
With the cursor highlighting ‘Compute RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once
RAIM availability is computed, one of the following is displayed:
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
5)
EIS
Press the MENU Key.
Flight
Instruments
4)
• ‘Compute RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current
waypoint, time, and date combination
Flight
Management
• ‘Computing Availability’—RAIM calculation in progress
• ‘RAIM Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified
waypoint, time, and date
‘RAIM not Available’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the
specified waypoint, time, and date
Hazard
Avoidance
•
AFCS
Enabling/Disabling SBAS
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
2) Press the SBAS Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘EGNOS’,
‘MSAS’ or ‘WAAS’.
4) Press the ENT Key to disable SBAS. Press the ENT Key again to enable
SBAS.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
95
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Flight Management
Blank Page
96
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
DATA LINK WEATHER
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
97
Additional
Features
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
AFCS
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard
Avoidance
Establishing an account for SiriusXM services:
1) Select the XM Radio Page in the Auxiliary Page Group.
2) If necessary, press the Info Softkey to display the ‘Aux - XM Information’
Page.
3) Note the Data Radio ID (for SiriusXM Weather data) and/or the Audio Radio
ID (for SiriusXM Satellite Radio). These IDs may be the same.
4) Contact SiriusXM customer service through the phone number listed on its
website, www.siriusxm.com.
Flight
Management
ACTIVATING DATA LINK WEATHER SERVICES
Before SiriusXM Weather can be used, the service must be activated by providing
SiriusXM’s customer service the coded ID(s) unique to the installed data link receiver.
The Data Radio ID must be provided to activate the weather service. An Audio Radio
ID, if present, enables the receiver to provide SiriusXM Radio entertainment. If the
GDL 69A SXM receiver is installed, these IDs may be identical. To view this information, refer to the following locations:
• The ‘Aux - XM Information’ Page on the MFD
• The SiriusXM Activation Instructions included with the Data Link Receiver
• The label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
SiriusXM uses the coded IDs to send an activation signal that allows the system to
display weather data and/or provide audio entertainment programming through the
data link receiver.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather
product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather
data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data
link weather product may be older than the indicated weather product age.
EIS
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in,
near, or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within
data link weather products may not accurately depict current weather conditions.
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
5)
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Verifying the SiriusXM Weather service activation:
1) Once a SiriusXM Weather account has been established, select the XM
Radio Page in the Auxiliary Page Group.
2) If necessary, press the Info Softkey to display the ‘Aux - XM Information’
Page.
3) View the list of supported Weather Products. A white empty box appears
next to an unavailable weather product; a green filled box appears next
to an available weather product. During activation, it may take several
minutes for weather products in the selected subscription package to
become available.
ACTIVATING GARMIN CONNEXT WEATHER
Obtaining the LRU serial numbers and System ID:
1) Select the ‘Aux - System Status’ Page.
2) Press the LRU Softkey.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll the cursor until ‘GSR 1’ is visible in the ‘LRU
Information’ window.
4) Note the serial number displayed for ‘GSR 1’.
5) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Provide SiriusXM customer service the Data Radio ID and/or Audio Radio
ID, in addition to payment information, and the desired weather product
subscription package.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Registering the system to receive Garmin Connext Weather:
1) Go to www.flygarmin.com. Locate the information for subscribing to
Garmin Connext Satellite Services on the website.
2) Choose a desired service which includes weather data and enter the
requested information about the aircraft.
3) Note the Access Code provided during the registration process and any
additional instructions received.
4) With the aircraft outside and having a clear view of the sky, turn the large
FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Map page group.
98
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
7)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Register With Connext’ in the menu list.
8)
Press the ENT Key. The Connext Registration Window appears as shown in
Figure 6-3.
9)
Enter the access code provided by Garmin in the ‘Access Code’ field.
10) Press the ENT Key. ‘Register’ is highlighted.
Hazard
Avoidance
11) Press the ENT Key. The system contacts Garmin through the Iridium
network. System registration is complete when the Current Registration
Window displays the correct information for the Airframe, Tail Number,
Airframe Serial Number, and Iridium Serial Number.
AFCS
12) When finished, push the FMS Knob to remove the Connext Registration
Window.
Additional
Features
WEATHER PRODUCT AGE
Annun/Alerts
Symbol
Abnormal
Operation
Enabling/disabling the weather product age for PFD Maps:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Layout Softkey.
3) Press the WX LGND Softkey to show/remove the weather product age
information for PFD maps.
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
SiriusXM Weather Product
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
Appendix
NEXRAD
Flight
Management
If the system displays the Connext Registration Window, proceed to step 8.
Otherwise, press the MENU Key. The page menu window is now displayed.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
6)
EIS
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’
Page. If another data link weather source such as ‘XM’ or ‘FIS-B’ is
displayed in the page title, it will be necessary to change the data link
weather source to CNXT before continuing. Refer to ‘Viewing the Weather
Data Link (CNXT) Page’ procedure to change the data link source to prior to
registration.
Flight
Instruments
5)
30
SiriusXM Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
99
SiriusXM Weather Product
Symbol
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
Cloud Top (CLD TOP)
60
Echo Top (ECHO TOP)
30
SiriusXM Lightning (LTNG)
30
Cell Movement
30
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
60
METARs
90
City Forecast
90
Surface Analysis
60
Freezing Levels
120
Winds Aloft
90
County Warnings
60
Cyclone Warnings
60
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)
90
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP)
90
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
SiriusXM Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
100
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
Symbol
90
Turbulence
180
EIS
Air Report(AIREP)
Flight
Instruments
SiriusXM Weather Product
No product image
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
30
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Radar Coverage Not Available
60
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast (TAF)
No product image
60
FIS-B Weather Product
Symbol
Expiration Time Broadcast Rate
(Minutes)
(Minutes)
15
NEXRAD Composite (Regional)
30
2.5
METARs
90
5
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP)
90
10
Winds Aloft
90
10
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
60
5
No product symbol
30
2.5
No product symbol
60
10
60
10
AFCS
30
Hazard
Avoidance
NEXRAD Composite (US)
Flight
Management
SiriusXM Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
No Radar Coverage
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
(TAF)
Temporary Flight Restriction
(TFR)
FIS-B Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
101
Hazard Avoidance
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
Radar Precipitation
30
U.S.: 3*
Canada: 3*†
Europe: 15
Australia: 15ˆ
Infrared Satellite
60
30
Datalink Lightning
30
Continuous
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
60
Continuous
METARs
90
Continuous
Winds Aloft
90
Continuous
Pilot Weather Report (PIREPs)
90
Continuous
Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs)
60
Continuous
60
Continuous
Terminal Aerodrome Reports TAFs)
Symbol
no product image
* The composite precipitation image is updated every 3 minutes, but individual radar sites may take
between 3 and 10 minutes to provide new data.
†
Canadian radar precipitation data provided by Environment Canada.
ˆ Australian radar precipitation data provided by the Australian Bureau of Meteorology.
Garmin Connext Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
DISPLAYING DATA LINK WEATHER PRODUCTS
Weather Data Link Page
Viewing the Weather Data Link Page and changing the data link
weather source, if applicable:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM, CNXT,
or FIS-B)’ Page. The currently selected data link weather source appears in
the page title.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Garmin Connext Weather
Product
102
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
If the page title does not contain the desired weather source, press the
MENU Key.
EIS
a) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Display XM Weather’, ‘Display Connext
Weather’, or ‘Display FIS-B Weather’ (choices may vary depending on
the installed equipment).
Flight
Instruments
3)
b) Press the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Viewing legends for displayed weather products on the Weather
Data Link Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the Legend Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather
products.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than
fit in the window.
4) To remove the Weather Legends Window, press the Legend Softkey, the
ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
Customizing the Weather Data Link Page
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Abnormal
Operation
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
Selecting a map orientation for the Weather Data Link Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
AFCS
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’, then press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Product Group 1’ or ‘Product Group 2’,
and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link Page
with the changed settings.
103
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Group options.
5)
If SiriusXM is the selected data link weather source, turn the small FMS
Knob to highlight the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
EIS
Or:
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
If FIS-B or Garmin Connext is the selected data link weather source, turn the
large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Orientation ‘ field at the bottom of the
Product Group 1 list.
Flight
Management
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired map orientation: North
up, Track up, HDG up, or SYNC, then press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Restoring default Weather Data Link Page settings:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’, then press the ENT Key.
4) Press the MENU Key.
5) Highlight the desired default(s) to restore (all or for selection) and press
ENT Key.
6) When finished, press the FMS Knob or press the CLR Key.
Abnormal
Operation
Displaying Data Link Weather Products on the ‘Map - Navigation
Map’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the softkey to enable/disable the desired weather product.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Showing/removing the weather legend on the ‘Map - Navigation
Map’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Legend Softkey to show the weather legends window.
4) When finished, press the Legend Softkey again, or press the FMS Knob or
the CLR Key to remove the window.
104
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
CONNEXT DATA REQUESTS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Enabling/disabling the weather product icon and age display (PFD
maps):
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Layout Softkey.
3) Press the WX LGND Softkey to enable/disable the weather product age,
source, and icon box display on PFD Maps.
EIS
Displaying Data Link Weather products on the PFD:
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the desired weather product softkey(s) to enable/disable the display
of data link products on the PFD map.
Flight
Instruments
Setting up and customizing weather data for the navigation maps:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT
Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’
Page with the changed settings.
Appendix
Manually Requesting Garmin Connext Weather information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
105
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired coverage option(s) and
press the ENT Key to show or hide a green check mark to select one of
more of the following coverage selections:
• Present Position – Requests data based on current location.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
• Destination – Requests data based on the active flight plan destination
(Direct-To destinations excluded). See the Flight Management section
for more information about entering and activating flight plans.
Flight
Management
• FPL – Requests data along an active flight plan, if one currently exists.
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan look-ahead
distance option (or choose ‘Remaining FPL’ to request weather data for
the remainder of the flight plan), then press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
• Waypoint – Requests data based on a waypoint (which may be offroute). Turn the large and small FMS Knobs to enter a waypoint, then
press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob highlight to the ‘Diameter / Route Width’ distance
field and turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired diameter and route
width of the request, then press the ENT Key.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob until the ‘Send Request’ field is highlighted. Press
the ENT Key to initiate the request immediately or press the FMS Knob to
return to the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page without requesting
weather data.
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Cancelling a Connext Data Request in Progress:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Cancel Request’ field and press the
ENT Key. The request status box indicates ‘Request Cancelled’.
5) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
Index
Appendix
Enabling/disabling automatic Connext Data Requests:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Choose the desired weather coverage options.
106
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
The ‘Send Request’ field is highlighted and a countdown timer is displayed
in the ‘Request Status’ Window based on the currently selected update
rate. Press the ENT Key to immediately send an immediate Connext Data
Request.
Or:
Flight
Management
Push the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map -Weather Data Link (CNXT)’
Page.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
6)
EIS
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Update Rate’ field. Then turn the
small FMS Knob to highlight the desired automatic update frequency (Off,
5 Min, 10 Min, 15 Min, 20 Min, 30 Min, 45 Min, or 60 Min), then press the
ENT Key.
Flight
Instruments
5)
WEATHER PRODUCT OVERVIEW
NEXRAD (SiriusXM)
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on the ‘Map Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Abnormal
Operation
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on PFD maps:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Index
107
Appendix
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Annun/Alerts
Changing the NEXRAD coverage region:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT
Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Region datafield.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘COMP’ or ‘BASE’ and press the ENT
Key.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on MFD navigation maps:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Hazard Avoidance
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Displaying Time-Lapse NEXRAD Animation on the ‘Map - Weather
Data Link (XM)’ Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
3) With ‘Product Group 1’ selected, turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the
NEXRAD Animation On/Off field.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’, then press the ENT Key.
5) To remove the menu, push the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Displaying Time-Lapse NEXRAD Animation on navigation maps:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Animation On/Off field.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘On’ or ‘Off’ and press the ENT Key.
7) To remove the menu, push the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
NEXRAD (FIS-B)
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Displaying the NEXRAD weather product on the ‘Map - Weather
Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page.
2) Press the NXRD Softkey. Each selection cycles though a coverage option
displayed in cyan on the softkey (‘Off’, ‘US’, or ‘REG’, or ‘All’).
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Displaying the FIS-B NEXRAD weather product on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
3) To change the type of NEXRAD displayed, press the MENU Key.
4) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group, then press the
ENT Key.
108
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘CONUS’ (continental United States),
‘RGNL’ (regional), or ‘Combined’, then press the ENT Key. This selection
also affects display of NEXRAD on the PFD Maps.
8)
When finished, press the FMS Knob or press the CLR Key.
EIS
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Data Region field.
Flight
Instruments
6)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Displaying the FIS-B NEXRAD weather product on PFD maps:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey to enable/disable the display of NEXRAD
information.
AFCS
Echo Tops (SirisuXM)
Hazard
Avoidance
Displaying Precipitation weather information:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey (for PFD maps, press the Map/HSI or Map
Opt Softkey). This step is not necessary on the ‘Map - Weather Data Link
(CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the PRECIP Softkey.
Flight
Management
Precipitation (Garmin Connext)
Additional
Features
Displaying Echo Tops information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the Echo Top Softkey.
Cloud Tops (SiriusXM)
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Displaying Cloud Tops information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page with the FMS Knob.
2) Press the CLD Top Softkey.
Data Link Lightning (SiriusXM, Garmin Connext)
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
109
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Appendix
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on Weather Data Link
Page:
1) Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT)’
Page.
2) Press the XM LTNG or DL LTNG Softkey.
Hazard Avoidance
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page:
1) Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the XM LTNG or DL LTNG Softkey.
Cell Movement (SiriusXM)
Displaying Cell Movement information on the ‘Map - Weather Data
Link (XM)’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page using the FMS Knob.
2) Press the Cell MOV Softkey.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on PFD maps:
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Lightning Softkey.
3) Press the Datalink Softkey.
4) When finished, press the Back Softkey.
Infrared Satellite (Garmin Connext)
Displaying Infrared Satellite information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the IR SAT Softkey.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Setting up the system to display Cell Movement with NEXRAD on
navigation maps:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather’ and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to ‘On’ or ‘Off’ for the Cell Movement menu
option. When set to ‘On’, Cell Movement is enabled/disabled with the
NEXRAD weather product on navigation maps. When set to ‘Off’, Cell
Movement is not displayed on navigation maps.
6) When finished, push the FMS Knob or CLR Key to remove the menu.
110
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Management
Displaying METAR and TAF text on the MFD:
1) On the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page, press the
METAR Softkey.
2) Press the Joystick and pan to the desired airport.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR
and TAF text.
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF
text. METAR text must be completely scrolled through before scrolling
through the TAF text.
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link
Page.
Or:
1) Select the Weather Information Page.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group.
b) Press the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
4)
Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF
text. Note that the METAR text must be completely scrolled through before
scrolling through the TAF text.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Index
Displaying original METAR text on the ‘Map - Active Flight Plan’
Page:
1) Select the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
Appendix
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.
Annun/Alerts
3)
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
METARs and TAFs
EIS
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
1) Select the ‘Map- Weather Data Link (XM, CNXT, or FIS-B)’ Page.
2) Press the SIG/AIR Softkey.
3) To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the Joystick and move the
Map Pointer over the icon.
4) Press the ENT key.
Flight
Instruments
SIGMETs and AIRMETs
111
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
4)
When finished, push the FMS Knob to remove the cursor or press the FPL
Key to exit the Active Flight Plan Page.
Surface Analysis and City Forecast (SiriusXM)
Additional
Features
AFCS
Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the SFC Softkey.
4) Press the softkey for the desired forecast time: Current, 12 HR, 24 HR, 36
HR, or 48 HR. The SFC Softkey label changes to show the forecast time
selected.
Or:
Press the Off Softkey to disable the display of the weather product.
Freezing Level (SiriusXM)
Displaying Freezing Level information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the FRZ LVL Softkey.
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight a waypoint with an available METAR
(indicated with a METAR flag next to it). The METAR text will appear in the
‘Selected Waypoint Weather’ Window below.
Displaying original METAR text information on the PFD Inset Map:
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the METAR Softkey.
3) Press the Joystick and pan to the desired METAR flag. Original METAR
text appears on the map.
4) When finished, press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer.
Winds Aloft
Displaying the Winds Aloft weather product:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
Index
Appendix
3)
112
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Press the Wind Softkey.
4)
Select a softkey for the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000
feet. Press the Next or Prev Softkey to cycle through the altitude softkeys.
The Wind Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Displaying County Warning information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the County Softkey.
Annun/Alerts
Cyclone (SiriusXM)
Appendix
Displaying cyclone (hurricane) track information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the Cyclone Softkey.
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Flight
Management
County Warnings (SiriusXM)
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Enabling/disabling winds aloft data display for the VSD:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Winds on/off field.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Push the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’
Page with the changed settings.
EIS
Enabling/disabling the Vertical Situation Display (containing winds
aloft data):
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey.
4) Press the VSD Softkey to enable/disable the Vertical Situation Display.
Flight
Instruments
3)
113
Icing (CIP & SLD) (SiriusXM)
Displaying Icing data:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the ICNG Softkey.
4) Select a softkey for the desired altitude level: 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet.
Press the Next or PREV Softkey to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The
ICNG Softkey label changes to indicate the altitude selected.
Turbulence (SiriusXM)
Displaying Turbulence data:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the TURB Softkey.
4) Select a softkey for the desired altitude: 21,000 feet up to 45,000 feet.
Press the Next or PREV Softkey to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The
TURB Softkey label changes to indicate the altitude selection.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
PIREPs and AIREPs
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Displaying PIREP and AIREP text:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the PIREPS or AIREPS Softkey. (Note the AIREPS Softkey is only
available with the SiriusXM Weather service.)
4) Press the Joystick and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will
appear around the weather report when it is selected.
5) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with PIREP or
AIREP text. The data is first displayed in a decoded fashion, followed by the
original text. Note the original text may contain additional information not
present in the decoded version.
6) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP or AIREP
text.
7) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link
(XM) Page.
114
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Enabling/disabling the FIS-B weather feature:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Enable FIS-B Weather’ or ‘Disable
FIS-B Weather’, and press the ENT Key.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Hazard
Avoidance
Viewing FIS-B status:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Management
FIS-B WEATHER STATUS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Setting up and customizing TFR data for maps on which TFR data
can be displayed:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aviation’ Group and press the ENT
Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll to the TFR product range settings.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (Off, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’
Page with the changed settings.
EIS
Displaying TFR Data:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM. CNXT, or FIS-B)’ Page or
Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Joystick and pan the map pointer over a TFR to highlight it. The
system displays TFR summary information above the map.
3) Press the ENT Key. The system displays a pop-up menu.
4) If necessary, turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Review Airspaces’ and press the
ENT Key. The system displays the TFR Information window.
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the TFR Information
window.
Flight
Instruments
TFRS
115
STORMSCOPE LIGHTNING DETECTION SYSTEM
WARNING: Do not rely on information from the lightning detection system
display as the sole basis for hazardous weather avoidance. Range limitations
and interference may cause the system to display inaccurate or incomplete
information. Refer to documentation from the lightning detection system
manufacturer for detailed information about the system.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Lightning Age
Symbol
Flight
Management
Strike is less than 6 seconds old
Strike is between 6 and 60 seconds old
Hazard
Avoidance
Strike is between 1 and 2 minutes old
Strike is between 2 and 3 minutes old
USING THE STORMSCOPE PAGE
Adjusting the Stormscope Map Range:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Lightning Age and Symbols
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Stormscope®’ Page.
3)
Turn the Joystick clockwise to increase the map range or counterclockwise to decrease the map range.
1)
Select the ‘Map - Stormscope®’ Page.
2)
Press the Mode Softkey. The Cell and Strike softkeys are displayed.
3)
Press the Cell Softkey to display ‘CELL’ data or select the Strike Softkey to
display ‘STRIKE’ data. ‘CELL’ or ‘STRIKE’ is displayed in the mode box in the
upper right corner of the ‘Map - Stormscope®’ Page.
4)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top level softkeys for the ‘Map Stormscope®’ Page.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Selecting ‘cell’ or ‘strike’ mode: on the ‘Map - Stormscope®’ Page:
116
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
ADDITIONAL STORMSCOPE DISPLAYS
EIS
Displaying Stormscope information on MFD navigation maps:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the STRMSCP Softkey.
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Press the Clear Softkey.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Index
2)
Abnormal
Operation
Manually clearing Stormscope lightning symbols from map displays:
Select the ‘Map - Stormscope®’ Page.
Additional
Features
STORMSCOPE ABNORMAL OPERATIONS
1)
AFCS
Displaying Stormscope information on PFD maps:
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Lightning Softkey.
3) Press the STRMSCP Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the FMS Knob to remove the menu.
Flight
Management
7)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Setting up Stormscope options on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’
Page:
1) On the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, press the MENU Key.
2) With ‘Map Settings’ selected, press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the group selection window. Turn the
small FMS Knob to select ‘Weather’, and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight and move between the product
selections:
• Stormscope On/Off field – Enables/disables the display of Stormscope
lightning symbols.
• Stormscope maximum display range – Selects the maximum map range
to display Stormscope symbols. Stormscope data is removed when a
map range greater than this value is selected.
• Stormscope Mode – Selects the Cell or Strike mode of lightning activity.
Cell mode identifies clusters or cells of electrical activity. Strike mode
indicates the approximate location of lightning strikes.
5) When an item is highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the option.
6) Press the ENT Key.
117
TERRAIN DISPLAYS
WARNING: Do not use terrain avoidance displays as the sole source of information for maintaining separation from terrain and obstacles. Garmin obtains
terrain and obstacle data from third party sources and cannot independently
verify the accuracy of the information.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
On-Ground Legend
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
In-Air Legend
AFCS
Relative Terrain Legend
TERRAIN PAGE
Additional
Features
Displaying the terrain page:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Terrain Proximity/Terrain-SVT/
TAWS-B’ Page.
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Showing/hiding aviation information on the terrain page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation
Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Index
Appendix
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the ‘Map - Navigation
Map’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
118
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
•
Point Obstacle – Enables/disables the display of obstacle data on or off
and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown.
•
Wire Obstacle – Enables/disables the display of wire obstacle data and sets
maximum range at which wire obstacles are shown
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’
Page with the changed settings.
VERTICAL SITUATION DISPLAY (VSD) TERRAIN
AFCS
Enabling/Disabling the Vertical Situation Display (VSD):
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey.
4) Press the VSD Softkey to enable or disable the VSD.
Additional
Features
Index
119
Appendix
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Annun/Alerts
Customizing the Track Mode Boundary display on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘VSD’ Group, then press the ENT
Key.
Abnormal
Operation
Selecting a VSD Mode:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Inset Softkey.
3) Press the VSD Softkey displaying the VSD mode in cyan. Each press of the
softkey cycles through a mode selection: FPL (flight plan), TRK (track), or
Auto.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard
Avoidance
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings, etc.).
Flight
Management
6)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Terrain Display – Enables the display of relative (‘REL’) terrain data or
select ‘Off’ to disable; also sets maximum map range at which terrain is
shown.
EIS
•
Flight
Instruments
5)
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
5)
TRK Mode BNDRY – Enables/disables the display of the Track Mode
Boundary and sets maximum range at which Track Mode Boundary is
shown.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (On/Off range settings).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’
Page with the changed settings.
TERRAIN-SVT AND TAWS-B ALERTING DISPLAYS
To acknowledge the pop-up alert:
• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the ‘Map - Terrain-SVT’ or ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page)
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
•
AFCS
Inhibiting/enabling TAWS-B or Terrain-SVT Alerting:
1) Select the Terrain page.
2) Press the Inhibit Softkey. Alerting is inhibited when softkey annunciator is
green.
Additional
Features
Manually testing the TAWS-B System:
1) Select the ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Test TAWS System’ and press the ENT Key to confirm the selection.
TAS TRAFFIC
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for
collision avoidance maneuvering. The traffic display does not provide collision avoidance resolution advisories and does not under any circumstances
or conditions relieve the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
Index
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to accurately depict all of the traffic information within range of the aircraft. Due to
lack of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information from
other aircraft, traffic may be present but not represented on the display.
120
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Symbol
Flight
Instruments
The system can display the symbols shown in the following table.
Description
EIS
Traffic Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder
aircraft track.
Traffic Advisory without directional information.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range with directional information.
Displayed at outer range ring at proper bearing.
Flight
Management
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range without directional information.
Displayed at outer range ring at proper bearing.
Hazard
Avoidance
Proximity Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the aircraft
track.
Proximity Advisory without directional information.
AFCS
Other Non-Threat traffic with directional information. Points in the direction of the
intruder aircraft track.
Additional
Features
Other Non-Threat traffic without directional information.
Abnormal
Operation
Traffic located on the ground with directional information. Points in the direction of
the aircraft track. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF)
Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
Ground traffic without directional information. Ground traffic is only displayed when
ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
Annun/Alerts
Non-aircraft ground traffic. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface
(SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
TAS Traffic with ADS-B Traffic Symbology with GTX 345R Transponder
Appendix
TAS Symbol
Description
Non-Threat Traffic
Index
Proximity Advisory (PA)
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
121
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
TAS Symbol
EIS
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
Bearing
Relative Altitude
Distance (nm)
“One o’clock” through
“Twelve o’clock”
or “No Bearing”
“High”, “Low”, “Same Altitude” (if
within 200 feet of own altitude), or
“Altitude not available”
“Less than one mile”,
“One Mile” through “Ten Miles”,
or “More than ten miles”
TA Descriptive Voice Announcements
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE
Displaying traffic on the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page:
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
TAS Symbol Description with GTX 335 Transponder
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
3)
Press the Operate or TAS OPER Softkey to begin displaying traffic.
4)
Press the Standby or TAS STBY Softkey to place the system in the
Standby mode.
SYSTEM TEST
Testing the Traffic System:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2) Turn the Joystick to adjust the map range to 2 NM for the inner range
ring, and 6 NM for the outer range ring. This ensures the full traffic test
pattern is depicted on the map.
3) If the traffic system is in Operating Mode, press the Standby or TAS STBY
Softkey.
4) Press the Test Softkey.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Description
122
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
NOTE: The traffic unit automatically transitions from STANDBY to OPERATE
mode eight seconds after takeoff. The unit also automatically transitions
from OPERATE to STANDBY mode 24 seconds after landing.
Flight
Instruments
OPERATION
EIS
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Additional
Features
Enabling/disabling traffic information (MFD navigation map):
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the traffic overlays.
3) Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
AFCS
Changing the display range on the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page:
Turn the Joystick to select the desired range.
Hazard
Avoidance
Changing the altitude range of traffic display:
1) On the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page, select the ALT Mode Softkey.
2) Press one of the following Softkeys:
• Above: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 9000 feet above
the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during climb
phase of flight.
• Normal: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet
above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during
enroute phase of flight.
• Below: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above
the aircraft to 9000 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during
descent phase of flight.
• UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above
and 9900 feet below the aircraft.
3) To return to the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page, press the Back Softkey.
Flight
Management
Selecting a TAS Operating Mode:
1) Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2) To select Standby Mode, press the Standby or TAS STBY Softkey.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Pressing the Operate or TAS OPER Softkey allows the system to switch from
Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary. Pressing the Standby or TAS STBY
Softkey forces the unit into Standby Mode.
123
Hazard Avoidance
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Customizing the traffic display on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’
Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the
selections.
• Traffic – Turns the display of traffic data on or off.
• Traffic Mode – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic.
- TA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories.
- TA Only - Displays Traffic Advisories only.
• Traffic Symbols – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols
are shown.
• Traffic Labels – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are
shown with the option to turn off.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (On/Off, range settings,
etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’
Page.
Annun/Alerts
Enabling/disabling traffic information on HSI map:
1) With the Inset Map or HSI Map displayed, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the traffic overlay.
3)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level PFD softkeys.
Index
Appendix
Enabling/disabling traffic overlay on PFD navigation maps:
1) With the Inset Map or HSI Map displayed, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the display traffic information.
124
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
1090ES Out Equipped
Yes
UAT Receive Only Capable
No
UAT Transmit Equipped
Yes
No Transponder, No ADS-B
No
Non ADS-B Equipped, but with Mode C or S
Transponder
Yes*
Hazard
Avoidance
Viewable by GTX 345R Equipped Aircraft
AFCS
Aircraft Available for Viewing by an ADS-B Equipped Own Aircraft
“High”, “Low”, “Same Altitude” (if “Zero miles”, “Less than one mile”,
within 200 feet of own altitude), or “One Mile” through “Ten Miles”,
“Altitude not available”
or “More than ten miles”
TA Descriptive Voice Announcements
Annun/Alerts
“One o’clock” through
“Twelve o’clock”
or “No Bearing”
Approximate Distance (nm)
Abnormal
Operation
Relative Altitude
Additional
Features
* Only when in ADS-B ground station coverage and when the other aircraft is in ATC
radar coverage, or own aircraft is equipped with a TAS system and traffic is within the
TAS surveillance range.
Bearing
Flight
Management
Other Aircraft Equipment
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to accurately depict all of the traffic information within range of the aircraft. Due to
lack of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information from
other aircraft, traffic may be present but not represented on the display.
EIS
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for
collision avoidance maneuvering. The traffic display does not provide collision avoidance resolution advisories and does not under any circumstances
or conditions relieve the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
Flight
Instruments
ADS-B TRAFFIC
Appendix
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
125
Flight
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
TRAFFIC DESCRIPTION
Symbol
Description
EIS
Traffic Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft
track.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Traffic Advisory without directional information.
Flight
Management
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range with directional information. Displayed at
outer range ring at proper bearing.
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range without directional information. Displayed
at outer range ring at proper bearing.
Hazard
Avoidance
Proximity Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the aircraft track.
Proximity Advisory without directional information.
AFCS
Other Non-Threat traffic with directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder
aircraft track.
Additional
Features
Other Non-Threat traffic without directional information.
Abnormal
Operation
Traffic located on the ground with directional information. Points in the direction of the
aircraft track. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or
own aircraft is on the ground.
Annun/Alerts
Ground traffic without directional information. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B
is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
Non-aircraft ground traffic with ADS-B directional information. Pointed end indicates
direction of travel. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode
or own aircraft is on the ground.
Appendix
Non-aircraft ground traffic. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF)
Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
Index
ADS-B Traffic Symbology
126
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Instruments
OPERATION
Traffic MAP Page
EIS
Enabling/disabling the display of ADS-B traffic.
1) Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2) Press the ADS-B Softkey.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Testing the display of ADS-B traffic:
1) Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2) If necessary, turn the Joystick to select a map range of 2 and 6 nm to
ensure full test pattern display.
3) Ensure the ADS-B Softkey is disabled. Otherwise the test mode is not
available.
4) If the optional TAS is installed, ensure the TAS STBY Softkey is enabled.
5) Press the Test Softkey.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Abnormal
Operation
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
Enabling/disabling the Motion Vector display:
1) Select the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
2) Press the Motion Softkey.
AFCS
Changing the altitude range:
1) On the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page, select the ALT Mode Softkey.
2) Press one of the following softkeys:
• Above: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 9900 feet
above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during
climb phase of flight.
• Normal: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 2700
feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used
during enroute phase of flight.
• Below: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet
above the aircraft to 9900 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during
descent phase of flight.
• UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above
and 9900 feet below the aircraft.
3) To return to the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page, press the Back Softkey.
127
Hazard Avoidance
EIS
Flight
Instruments
3)
Press one of the following softkeys:
•
Absolute: Displays the motion vector pointing in the absolute
direction.
•
Relative: Displays the motion vector relative to own aircraft.
•
Off: Disables the display of the motion vector.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Adjusting the duration for the Motion Vector projected time:
1) Select the ‘Map -Traffic Map’ Page.
2) Press the Motion Softkey.
3) Press the Duration Softkey.
4) Press a softkey for the desired duration (30 SEC, 1 MIN, 2 MIN, 5 MIN).
5) When finished, select the Back Softkey to return to the ‘Map -Traffic Map’
Page.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Showing additional traffic information:
1) Select the ‘Map -Traffic Map’ Page.
2) Push the FMS Knob. The first selected traffic symbol is highlighted in cyan.
Additional information appears in a window in the upper-right corner of the
‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page.
3) To select a different aircraft symbol, turn the FMS Knob to move the cyan
bracket until the selected aircraft traffic symbol is highlighted.
4) When finished, push the FMS Knob again to disable the traffic selection.
Abnormal
Operation
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
Turn the Joystick to select the desired range.
Annun/Alerts
Viewing ADS-B Traffic Status:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page.
Index
Appendix
2)
128
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
AFCS
NOTE: The current pertinent flight manual always supersedes this Pilot’s
Guide.
Flight
Management
Modes Selected
Lateral
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Control Pressed
EIS
ACTIVATING THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR
An initial press of a key listed in the table below (when the flight director is not active) activates the pilot-side flight director in the listed modes. The flight director may
be turned off and the Command Bars removed from the displays by pressing the FD
Key again. The FD Key is disabled when the autopilot is engaged.
Flight
Instruments
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Vertical
AP Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
TO/GA Switch
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)
TO
GA
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)
TO
GA
ALT Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Altitude Hold
ALT
VS Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Vertical Speed
VS
VNV Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Vertical Path Tracking*
VPTH
NAV Key
Navigation**
GPS
VOR
LOC
BC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
APR Key
Approach**
GPS
VOR
LOC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
HDG Key
Heading Select
HDG
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
LVL Key
Level
LVL
Level
LVL
Annun/Alerts
PIT
Abnormal
Operation
Pitch Hold (default)
Additional
Features
ROL
AFCS
Roll Hold (default)
Hazard
Avoidance
FD Key
*Valid VNV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight director.
Flight Director Activation
Appendix
**The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course before
NAV or APR Key press activates flight director.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
129
AFCS MODES
VERTICAL MODES
Vertical Mode
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
AFCS
Description
Control Annunciation
Pitch Hold
Holds the current aircraft pitch attitude;
may be used to climb/descend to the
Selected Altitude
Selected Altitude
Capture
Captures the Selected Altitude
Altitude Hold
Holds the current Altitude Reference
ALT Key
ALT
nnnnn ft
Vertical Speed
Maintains the current aircraft vertical
speed; may be used to climb/descend to
the Selected Altitude
VS Key
VS
nnnn fpm
Flight Level Change,
IAS Hold
Maintains the current aircraft airspeed
while the aircraft is climbing/descending to
the Selected Altitude
FLC Key
FLC
nnn kt
(default)
PIT
*
ALTS
* ALTS armed automatically when PIT, VS, FLC, TO, or GA active, and under VPTH when Selected
Altitude is to be captured instead of VNV Target Altitude
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Flight Director Vertical Modes
LATERAL MODES
Lateral Mode
Description
Control
Annunciation
Roll Hold
Holds the current aircraft roll attitude or
rolls the wings level, depending on the
commanded bank angle
(default)
ROL
Heading Select
Captures and tracks the Selected Heading HDG Key
HDG
Navigation, GPS Arm/
Capture/Track
GPS
Navigation, VOR Enroute
Captures and tracks the selected
Arm/Capture/Track
NAV Key
navigation source (GPS, VOR, LOC)
Navigation, LOC Arm/
Capture/Track
(No Glideslope)
VOR
LOC
Index
Flight Director Lateral Modes
130
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
AFCS
Mode
Control
Annunciation
Vertical Path Tracking
Captures and tracks descent legs of
an active vertical profile
VNV Key
VPTH
VNV Target Altitude
Capture
Captures the Vertical Navigation
(VNV) Target Altitude
*
ALTV
Glidepath
Captures and tracks the SBAS
glidepath on approach
Glideslope
Captures and tracks the ILS glideslope
on approach
Backcourse Arm/
Capture/Track
Captures and tracks a localizer signal
for backcourse approaches
APR Key
GS
NAV Key
Flight
Management
BC
GPS
Captures and tracks the selected
navigation source (GPS, VOR, LOC)
Hazard
Avoidance
VAPP
APR Key
LOC
Go Around**
Commands a constant pitch angle
and wings level in the air
TO/GA
Switch
TO
GA
Abnormal
Operation
Commands a constant pitch angle
and wings level on the ground in
preparation for takeoff
Additional
Features
Takeoff
AFCS
Approach, ILS Arm/
Capture/Track
(Glideslope Mode
automatically armed)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
GP
Approach, GPS Arm/
Capture/Track
Approach, VOR Arm/
Capture/Track
EIS
Description
Flight
Instruments
COMBINATION MODES (VNV, APR, NAV, BC, GA)
* ALTV is armed automatically under VPTH when VNV Target Altitude is to be captured instead of
Selected Altitude.
Appendix
Selecting VOR Approach Mode:
1) Ensure a valid VOR frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that VOR is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to
cycle through navigation sources if necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
Annun/Alerts
Flight Director Combination Modes
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
131
AFCS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Selecting GPS Approach Mode without a Glidepath:
1) Ensure a SBAS approach is loaded into the active flight plan. The active
waypoint must be part of the flight plan (cannot be a direct-to a waypoint
not in the flight plan).
2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to
cycle through navigation sources if necessary).
3) Press the NAV Key.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Selecting GPS Approach Mode with a Glidepath:
1) Ensure a SBAS approach with vertical guidance (LPV, LNAV/VNAV, LP+V,
LNAV+V) is loaded into the active flight plan. The active waypoint must
be part of the flight plan (cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight
plan).
2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to
cycle through navigation sources if necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
Additional
Features
AFCS
NOTE: Some RNAV (SBAS) approaches provide a vertical descent angle as
an aid in flying a stabilized approach. These approaches are NOT considered
Approaches with Vertical Guidance (APV). Approaches that are annunciated
on the HSI as LNAV or LNAV+V are considered Non-precision Approaches
(NPA) and are flown to an MDA even though vertical glidepath (GP) information may be provided.
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
WARNING: Do not rely on the autopilot to level the aircraft at the MDA/DH
when flying an approach with vertical guidance. The autopilot will not level
the aircraft at the MDA/DH even if the MDA/DH is set in the altitude preselect.
Index
Appendix
Selecting LOC Approach Mode without a Glideslope:
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to
cycle through navigation sources if necessary).
3) Press the NAV Key.
Or:
132
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
AFCS
2)
Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
3)
Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
4)
Press the APR Key.
EIS
Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to
cycle through navigation sources if necessary).
Flight
Instruments
1)
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Once the following occurs, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode (wings
rolled level):
• Approach Mode is active and a Vectors-To-Final is activated
• Approach Mode is active and Navigation source is manually switched
• During a LOC/ILS approach GPS Navigation Mode is active and the FAF is
crossed after the automatic navigation source switch from GPS to LOC
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Selecting LOC Approach Mode with a Glideslope:
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to
cycle through navigation sources if necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
Or:
1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to
cycle through navigation sources if necessary).
2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
4) Press the APR Key.
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
133
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
AFCS
Blank Page
134
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SAFETAXI
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the SafeTaxi range of distances.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired distance for maximum
SafeTaxi display range.
7)
Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
8)
Push the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Additional
Features
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the ‘Aviation’ Group options to
SafeTaxi.
Abnormal
Operation
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
135
Index
Selecting preferred charts source:
1) While viewing a chart press the MENU Softkey to display the Page Menu
options.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Charts Setup’ menu option and
press the ENT Key.
Appendix
Electronic charts that resemble the paper versions of AeroNav Services terminal
procedures charts (FliteCharts) and Jeppesen terminal procedures charts (ChartView)
can be displayed on the MFD.
Annun/Alerts
CHARTS
190-02184-02 Rev. A
AFCS
4)
Hazard
Avoidance
Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aviation’ Group and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Management
3)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Configuring SafeTaxi range:
1) While viewing the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, press the MENU Key to
display the ‘Page Menu.’
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Map Settings’ Menu Option and
press the ENT Key.
EIS
The Detail Softkey (declutter) label advances to Detail All, Detail 3, Detail 2 and
Detail 1 each time the softkey is pressed for easy recognition of decluttering level.
Pressing the Detail All Softkey removes the taxiway markings and airport feature
labels. Pressing the Detail 3 Softkey removes VOR station ID, the VOR symbol, and
intersection names if within the airport plan view. Pressing the Detail 2 Softkey removes the airport runway layout, unless the airport in view is part of an active route
structure. Pressing the Detail 1 Softkey cycles back to the original map detail. Refer
to Map Declutter Levels in the Flight Management Section.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the ‘Preferred Charts Source’ option.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the available options
(FliteCharts, ChartView).
CHARTVIEW
ChartView resembles the paper version of Jeppesen terminal procedures charts.
The charts are displayed in full color with high-resolution. The MFD depiction shows
the aircraft position on the moving map in the plan view of approach charts and on
airport diagrams. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta.
NOTE: Do not maneuver the aircraft based solely upon the georeferenced
aircraft symbol.
Terminal Procedures Charts
Selecting terminal procedures charts:
While viewing the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, ‘NRST - Nearest Airport’
Page, or ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the Charts Softkey.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’
Page, or ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page, press the Charts Softkey. The
airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the ‘WPT - Airport
Information’ Page. (Press the APR Softkey if not already selected).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the
‘Charts’ Box.
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Charts’ Box.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
8)
Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
Index
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
- Pressing the SYNC Softkey displays the database linked chart associated with
the current phase of flight.
- Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
136
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Info Box choices. If multiple choices
are available, scroll to the desired choice with the large FMS Knob and
press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
5)
Push the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
137
Index
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Airport, Info, Runways, or
Frequencies Box.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Flight
Management
3)
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Selecting additional information:
1) While viewing the Airport Diagram, press the Full SCN Softkey to display
the information windows (Airport, Info).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
EIS
Chart Options
- Pressing the CHRT Opt Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart
options level.
- Pressing the All Softkey shows the complete approach chart on the screen.
- Pressing the Header Softkey shows the header view (approach chart briefing
strip) on the screen.
- Pressing the Plan Softkey shows the approach chart two dimensional plan
view.
- Pressing the Profile Softkey displays the approach chart descent profile strip.
- Pressing the Minimums Softkey displays the minimum descent altitude/visibility strip at the bottom of the approach chart.
- If the chart scale has been adjusted to view a small area of the chart, pressing
the Fit WDTH Softkey changes the chart size to fit the available screen width.
- Pressing the Full SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the
data window to the right.
Flight
Instruments
- Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if
available.
- Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
- Recent NOTAMS applicable to the current ChartView cycle are included
in the ChartView database. Pressing the NOTAM Softkey shows the local
NOTAM information for selected airports, when available. When NOTAMS
are not available, the NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled.
The NOTAM Softkey may appear on the Airport Information Page and all of
the chart page selections. Pressing the NOTAM Softkey again removes the
NOTAMS information.
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
Selecting full screen On or Off:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page
Menu Options.
EIS
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Full Screen Off’ Option and press the
ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Charts Setup’ Menu Option and
press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the ‘Color Scheme’ Option.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between ‘Day’, ‘Auto’, and ‘Night’
Options.
5)
If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage
field. Use the small FMS Knob to change the percentage value. The
percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage
of backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/
night display changes when the display backlight reaches 15% of full
brightness.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Selecting day, night, or automatic view:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page
Menu Options.
Flight
Management
Day/Night View
6)
Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the ‘Charts Setup’ Menu.
FLITECHARTS
Terminal Procedures Charts
Selecting terminal procedures charts:
While viewing the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, ‘NRST - Nearest Airport’
Page, or ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the Charts Softkey.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active.
This may be accomplished by selecting another page or changing the
display range.
138
Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’
Page, or ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page, press the Charts Softkey. The
airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the ‘WPT - Airport
Information’ Page.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the
‘Charts’ Box. (Press the APR Softkey if not already selected).
4)
Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
5)
Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Charts’ Box.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
8)
Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
Flight
Instruments
2)
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
139
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Abnormal
Operation
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Full Screen Off’ Option and press
the ENT Key.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
2)
AFCS
Selecting full screen On or Off:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page
Menu Options.
Hazard
Avoidance
Chart Options
- Pressing the CHRT Opt Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart
options level.
- Pressing the ROT CCW Softkey rotates the chart counterclockwise.
- Pressing the ROT CW Softkey rotates the chart clockwise.
- Pressing the Full SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the
data window to the right.
- Pressing the Fit WIDTH Softkey fits the width of the chart in the display
viewing area.
- Pressing the Back Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys.
Flight
Management
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
- Pressing the Charts Softkey switches between the FliteCharts diagram and the
associated map in the WPT page group.
- Pressing the Info Softkey displays the Airport Diagram.
- Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
- Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if
available.
- Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
Day/Night View
Selecting day, night, or automatic view:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page
Menu ‘Options.’
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Charts Setup’ Menu Option and
press the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the ‘Color Scheme’ Option.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between ‘Day’, ‘Auto’, and ‘Night’
Options.
5)
If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage
field. Use the small FMS Knob to change the percentage value. The
percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage
of backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/
night display changes when the display backlight reaches 15% of full
brightness.
Hazard
Avoidance
2)
Flight
Management
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
AFCS
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active.
This may be accomplished by selecting another page or changing the
display range.
Push the FMS Knob when finished to remove the ‘Charts Setup’ Menu.
IFR/VFR CHARTS
Selecting IFR Low, IFR High, VFR Charts:
1) Select the ‘Map - IFR/VFR Charts’ Page.
2) Press the VFR, IFR Low, or IFR High Softkey to display the desired chart.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
6)
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
SATELLITE PHONE AND SMS MESSAGING
REGISTERING WITH GARMIN CONNEXT
A subscriber account must be established prior to using the Iridium Satellite System. Before setting up an Iridium account, obtain the serial number of the Iridium
Transceiver (GSR 1) and the System ID by selecting the ‘Aux - System Status’ Page.
Contact Garmin at www.flyGarmin.com.
For aircraft equipped with an Iridium Transceiver and a Flight Stream 510, calls
and SMS text can be made using a Personal Electronic Device through the Garmin Pilot
App. Please refer to the Garmin Pilot user guide for Iridium Datalink.
140
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Hazard
Avoidance
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Satellite Phone’ page.
3)
If necessary, press the Phone Softkey to display the ‘Aux - Satellite Phone’
Page.
External
Phone
Additional
Features
Description
AFCS
2)
Internal
Phone
Flight
Management
Viewing the Satellite Phone Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION
EIS
Disabling/enabling telephone and low speed data services:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Satellite Phone’ Page.
3) If necessary, press the Phone Softkey to display the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page.
4) Press the MENU Key. The Page Menu window is now displayed.
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Disable Iridium Transmission’ in the menu list.
6) Press the ENT Key. The Iridium transceiver is now disabled.
7) To enable the Iridium transceiver, repeat steps 1 through 4, then select
‘Enable Iridium Transceiver’.
Flight
Instruments
DISABLE/ENABLE IRIDIUM TRANSCEIVER
Phone is Idle
Abnormal
Operation
Phone is ringing
Annun/Alerts
Phone has a dial tone (off hook) or connected to another phone
Appendix
Phone dialed is busy
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Index
Phone is dialing another phone
141
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Internal
Phone
External
Phone
Description
EIS
Phone has failed
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Phone status not known
Flight
Management
Phone is disabled
Hazard
Avoidance
Phone is reserved for data transmission
Calling other phone or incoming call from other phone
AFCS
Other phone is on hold
Phones are connected
Contacts
Entering a new contact:
1) With the ‘Aux - Satellite Phone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
display the cursor.
2) If necessary, turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘New Entry’.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Telephone Symbols
142
3)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves the ‘Name’ field of the ‘Contact
Details’ window.
4)
Enter the desired name of the new contact. Entry can be accomplished
through the alphanumeric keys on the PFD/MFD Controller, the FMS Knob
on the PFD/MFD Controller, or via the FMS Knob on the MFD.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Phone Number’ field.
6)
Enter the desired telephone number. Entry can be accomplished through
the alphanumeric keys on the PFD/MFD Controller, the FMS Knob on the
PFD/MFD Controller, or via the FMS Knob on the MFD.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
8)
Enter the desired email address. Entry can be accomplished through the
alphanumeric keys on the PFD/MFD Controller, the FMS Knob on the PFD/
MFD Controller, or via the FMS Knob on the MFD.
9)
Press the Symbols Softkey to display the “at” symbol, the period, and
other special characters.
EIS
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Email’ field.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
10) Press the ENT Key. The Save button is highlighted.
11) Press the ENT Key. The new contact entry is added to the list of saved
contacts.
Flight
Management
Deleting a contact:
1) With the ‘Aux - Satellite Phone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
display the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
3) Press the Delete Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the selected contact.
Hazard
Avoidance
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Press the ENT Key to save the changes.
AFCS
Editing a contact:
1) With the ‘Aux - Satellite Phone Page’ displayed, press the FMS Knob to
display the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
3) Press the Edit Softkey. The cursor is placed in the ‘Name’ field. Enter the
desired changes. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric
keys on the PFD/MFD Controller, the FMS Knob on the PFD/MFD Controller,
or via the FMS Knob on the MFD.
4) Press the ENT Key when each field is complete. The Save Button is now
highlighted.
5)
Flight
Instruments
7)
Incoming Calls
Index
Answering an incoming call in the cockpit:
1) Press the Phone Key on the audio panel.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Appendix
NOTE: The Push-to-Talk switch is not utilized for telephone communication.
The microphone is active after pressing the Answer Softkey, and stays active
until the call is terminated.
143
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
2)
Or:
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
While viewing the ‘Aux - Satellite Phone’ Page:
Press the Phone Key on the audio panel.
2)
Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
3)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Answer Incoming Call’.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
Muting incoming call alerts:
1) With the ‘Aux - Satellite Phone’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key on
the MFD to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disable Incoming Call Alerts’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The voice and pop-up alert will not be displayed now
when an incoming call is received.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
1)
Outgoing Calls
Making an external call from the cockpit using the Iridium satellite
network:
1) Press the Phone Key on the audio panel.
2) With the ‘Aux - Satellite Phone’ Page displayed, press the Dial Softkey on
the MFD.
The International dialing sequence is necessary to place a call from the cockpit to
an external phone: Country Code + City/Area Code (if any) + Telephone Number. The
following country codes may be used when calling other satellite telephone systems.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Press the Answer Softkey on the MFD.
144
Satellite System
Country Code
Inmarsat
870
ICO
8810 or 8811
Ellipso
8812 or 8813
Iridium
8816 or 8817
Globalstar
8818 or 8819
3)
Enter the desired telephone number (country code first) by using the FMS
Knob on the MFD..
4)
Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ is highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The system will begin calling the number.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
TEXT MESSAGING (SMS)
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Viewing the Text Messaging Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Satellite Phone’.
3) If necessary, press the SMS Softkey to display the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’
Page.
Message Symbol
EIS
Placing a call on hold:
Press the Hold Softkey on the MFD.
Flight
Instruments
Making an external call from the cockpit by using the Contact List:
1) Press the Phone Key on the audio panel.
2) With the ‘Aux - Satellite Phone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired contact name in the list of
contacts.
4) Press the Call Softkey. The external call is initiated and the number
associated with the contact name is dialed.
Description
Additional
Features
Received text message that has not been opened
Abnormal
Operation
Received text message that has been opened
Saved text message, draft not sent
Annun/Alerts
System is sending text message
Text message has been sent
Appendix
System failed to send text message
Index
Predefined text message
Text Message Symbols
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
145
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Viewing a Text Message When Received
Press the View Softkey to view the message. Pressing the Ignore Softkey will
extinguish the pop-up window and leave the text message unopened. Pressing the
Ignore All Softkey will extinguish the pop-window and ignore all future incoming
text messages. Pressing the SMS Softkey will display the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Enabling/disabling incoming text message pop-up alerts:
1)
With the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key on
the MFD to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disable New Message
Popups’ or ‘Enable New Message Popups’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The pop-up alert will not be displayed when an
incoming text message is received.
Hazard
Avoidance
Replying to a text message:
While viewing the text message, press the Reply Softkey.
Sending a Text Message
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Sending a new text message:
1) While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the New Softkey.
2) The SMS Text Message Draft Window is now displayed with the cursor in
the ‘To’ field. Enter the desired telephone number or email address. Entry
can be accomplished through use of the FMS Knob and softkeys on the
MFD. The FMS Knob is used to enter letters, numbers and the “at” symbol,
or numbers can be entered from the MFD by pressing the Numbers
Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha
characters. Special characters can be accessed by pressing the Symbols
Softkey.
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
4) Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as
described in step 2.
5) Press the ENT Key.
6) Press the Send Softkey to send the message immediately after confirming
you want the message to be sent, or press the Save Softkey to save the
message in Outbox for sending at a later time. Press the Cancel Softkey to
delete the message.
146
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the PREDEFD Softkey. The Predefined Message Menu Window is
displayed.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Management
4)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Sending a predefined text message:
1) While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, select the New Softkey.
2) The SMS Text Message Window is now displayed with the cursor in the
‘To’ field. Enter the desired telephone number or email address. Entry
can be accomplished through use of the FMS Knob and softkeys on the
MFD. The FMS Knob is used to enter letters, numbers and the “at” symbol,
or numbers can be entered from the MFD by pressing the Numbers
Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha
characters. Special characters can be accessed by pressing the Symbols
Softkey.
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
EIS
Creating a predefined text message:
1) While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the MENU Key to
display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to select ‘Edit Predefined Messages’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Predefined Messages view is now displayed.
4) Press the New Softkey.
5) The cursor is displayed in the ‘Title’ field. Enter the desired message title.
Entry can be accomplished through use of the FMS Knob and softkeys
on the MFD. The FMS Knob is used to enter letters, numbers and the
“at” symbol, or numbers can be entered from the MFD by pressing the
Numbers Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to create upper and lower
case alpha characters. Special characters can be accessed by pressing the
Symbols Softkey.
6) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
7) Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as
described in step 5.
8) Press the ENT Key.
9) Press the Save Softkey. The new predefined message is now shown in the
displayed list. Pressing the Cancel Softkey will delete the message without
saving.
Flight
Instruments
Predefined Text Messages
147
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired predefined message.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The predefined message text is inserted into the
message field. If desired, the message can be edited by using the FMS
Knobs.
7)
Press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the Send Softkey to transmit the message.
Showing Inbox messages:
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Outbox Softkey and the Drafts Softkey to only display the
Inbox.
Hazard
Avoidance
Showing Outbox messages:
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Inbox Softkey and the Drafts Softkey to only display the
Outbox.
AFCS
Showing Draft messages:
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Inbox Softkey and the Outbox Softkey to only display the
Draft messages.
Abnormal
Operation
Managing Text Messages
Viewing messages sorted by message date/time:
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Time Softkey if not already selected.
Annun/Alerts
Additional
Features
5)
Text Message Boxes
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Viewing messages sorted by message type:
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Type Softkey.
Index
Appendix
Viewing messages sorted by address:
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Address Softkey.
148
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
149
AFCS
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Hazard
Avoidance
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Management
Deleting a message:
1) While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
3) Press the Delete Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed.
4) With cursor highlighting ‘YES’, press the ENT Key. The message is now
deleted.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Marking all messages as read:
1) While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the
MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Mark All New Messages As
Read’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed.
4) With cursor highlighting ‘YES’, press the ENT Key. The message symbols
now indicate all the message have been opened.
EIS
Marking selected message as read:
1) While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
3) Press the MRK Read Softkey.
The message symbol now indicates the message has been opened.
Flight
Instruments
Viewing the content of a text message:
1) While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, select the desired message
box.
2) Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
4) Press the VIEW Softkey.
Or:
Press the ENT Key.
5) To close the text message, press the Cancel Softkey.
SURFACEWATCH
WARNING: Do not use SurfaceWatch™ information as the primary method
of flight guidance during airborne or ground operations. SurfaceWatch does
not have NOTAM or ATIS information regarding the current active runway,
condition, or information about the position of hold lines.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Inhibiting/uninhibiting SurfaceWatch:
1) Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor..
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the SurfaceWatch field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to toggle the SurfaceWatch alerts on or off.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the Origin or Destination
Airport field.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to input the desired Origin or Destination Airport.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Entering origin/destination airport:
1) Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Selecting origin/destination runway:
1) Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the Runway or Landing
Runway field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired available Runway or Landing
Runway. As the small FMS Knob is turned, the preview of the selected
runway or landing runway is also displayed.
Index
Appendix
Selecting required takeoff/landing distance:
1) Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
150
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the REQD Takeoff DIS or
REQD Landing DIS field.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the required takeoff or landing distance. Upon
pressing the FMS Knob and committing the required takeoff or landing
distance, the Runway Length field will turn amber if an insufficient runway
length exists.
EIS
WIFI CONNECTIONS
Press the FMS Knob to place the cursor in the list of networks.
4)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired network.
5)
Select the Connect Softkey.
6)
If the network is secured, a window will be displayed in order to enter
the necessary passcode. Use the FMS Knobs to enter the desired alpha
numeric characters. Select the CapsLock Softkey to enter upper case
letters. If there is no security associated with the network, proceed to step
9.
7)
Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ will be highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key again.
9)
The Save Settings window is now displayed with the cursor highlighting
‘Save Connection’.
AFCS
3)
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
10) The selected network can be saved to system memory to make reconnection easier at a later time.
Index
Connecting the selected network without saving:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to highlight ‘Connect’.
b) Press the ENT Key.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Hazard
Avoidance
If necessary, select the Rescan Softkey to have the system scan again for
available networks.
Flight
Management
2)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Viewing the WiFi Setup Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Maintenance WiFi Setup’ Page.
Setting up a new WiFi connection:
1) Select the Avail Softkey on the MFD. A list of available networks will be
displayed in the Available Networks window. Signal strength is shown for
each network, as well as security requirements and whether the network
has been saved in the system’s memory.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Instruments
4)
151
Additional Features
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Saving and connecting the selected network:
a) Press the ENT Key. A checkmark is placed in the checkbox and the
cursor moves to the airport field.
b) Using the FMS Knobs, enter an airport identifier to be associated with
the saved network. This aids in identifying the network later in the
event of duplicate network names.
c) Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to ‘Connect’.
d) Press the ENT Key again to connect to the selected network.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Editing a saved network:
1) While viewing list of saved networks, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the network to be edited.
3) Pressing the ENT Key at this point will check or uncheck the Auto Connect
checkbox. When a checkmark is present, the system will automatically
connect to the network when within range.
4) Select the Edit Softkey. The cursor now appears in the Connection Settings
window.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the network attribute to be edited.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to begin editing the field.
7) When the entry is complete, press the ENT Key.
8) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key until ‘Save’ is highlighted.
9) Press the ENT Key.
Annun/Alerts
Disconnecting a WiFi network:
Select the DISCNCT Softkey.
Index
Appendix
Deleting a saved WiFi network:
1) While viewing the list of saved networks, press the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the network to be deleted.
3) Select the Delete Softkey. The selected network is removed from the list.
152
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
CONNEXT SETUP
EIS
Viewing the Connext Setup Page
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Connext Setup page.
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Enabling/disabling Automatic Reconnection of a Specific Paired
Device
1) While viewing the ‘Aux - Connext Setup’ Page, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired paired device.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Hazard
Avoidance
Enabling/disabling WiFi Database Importing from Garmin Pilot
1) While viewing the Aux - Connext Setup’ Page, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘WiFi Database Import’
field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Management
Enabling/disabling Flight Plan Importing from Garmin Pilot
1) While viewing the ‘Aux - Connext Setup’ Page, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Flight Plan Import’
field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Changing the Bluetooth Name
1) While viewing the ‘Aux - Connext Setup’ Page, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Bluetooth Name’ field.
3) Enter the desired name by using the large FMS Knob to select the character
field, and the small FMS Knob select the desired alphanumeric character
for that field.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is removed and the new name is displayed.
153
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’. Selecting
‘Enabled’ allows the system to automatically connect to a previously paired
device when detected.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Removing a Specific Paired Device from the List of Paired Devices:
1) While viewing the ‘Aux - Connext Setup’ Page, press the FMS Knob to
activate the cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired paired device.
3) Press the Remove Softkey. A confirmation screen is displayed.
4) If necessary, turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Yes’.
5) Press the ENT Key to remove the device from the list of paired devices.
POSITION REPORTING
Viewing the Connext Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Connext’ Page.
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
3)
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Setting up Position Reporting:
1) With the ‘Aux - Connext’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display
the cursor in the Transmission Period field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Auto’ for automatic transmission of
position or ‘Off’ to disable transmission of position reports.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Transmission Rate field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the first digit.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired number.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the second digit.
8) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired number.
9) Press the ENT Key.
10) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Passengers On Board field.
11) Turn the small FMS Knob left or right to select ‘Yes’ or ‘No.’
12) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
154
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
Sending a position report manually:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Aux - Connext’ Page.
3) If necessary, set the Transmission Period to ‘Auto.’
4) Press the Send REP Softkey.
EIS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Selecting the XM Radio Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed XM Radio Page.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
AFCS
USING SIRIUSXM RADIO
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard
Avoidance
Activating the SiriusXM Satellite Radio services:
1) Contact SiriusXM Satellite Radio. Follow the instructions provided by
SiriusXM Satellite Radio services.
2) Select the Auxiliary Page Group.
3) Select the ‘Aux - XM Radio’ page.
4) Select the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page.
5) Verify that the desired services are activated.
6) Select the Lock Softkey.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight YES.
8) To complete activation, press the ENT Key.
Flight
Management
ACTIVATING SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO SERVICES
The service is activated by providing SiriusXM Satellite Radio with either one or
two coded IDs, depending on the equipment. Either the Audio Radio ID or the Data
Radio ID, or both, must be provided to SiriusXM Satellite Radio to activate the entertainment subscription.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an activation signal that, when received by the GDL 69A, allows it to play entertainment programming.
These IDs are located:
• On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
• On the XM Information Page on the MFD
• On the XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available at www.garmin.com, P/N 190-00355-04)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
SIRIUSXM RADIO ENTERTAINMENT
155
3)
Selecting a channel from the channel list:
1) While on the XM Radio Page, select the Channel Softkey.
2) Select the CH + Softkey to go up through the list in the Channel Box, or
move down the list with the CH – Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS
Knob to scroll through the channels.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Category
Selecting a category:
1) Select the Category Softkey on the XM Radio Page.
2) Select the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories.
Or:
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list. Highlight the
desired category with the small FMS Knob and press the ENT Key. Selecting
All Categories places all channels in the list.
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Selecting a channel directly:
1) While on the XM Radio Page, select the Channel Softkey.
2) Select the Direct CH Softkey. The channel number in the Active Channel
Box is highlighted.
3) Select the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to
directly select the desired channel number.
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
Presets
Setting a preset channel number:
1) On the XM Radio Page, while listening to an Active Channel that is wanted
for a preset, select the Presets Softkey to access the first five preset
channels (Preset 1 - Preset 5).
Index
Appendix
Select the Radio Softkey to show the XM Radio Page where audio
entertainment is controlled.
Active Channel and Channel List
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
156
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
3)
Select any one of the (Preset 1 - Preset 15) Softkeys to assign a number
to the active channel.
4)
Select the Set Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel
as a preset.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
Adjusting the volume:
1) With the XM Radio Page displayed, select the Volume Softkey.
2) Select the VOL – Softkey to reduce volume or select the VOL + Softkey to
increase volume. (Once the VOL Softkey is selected, the volume can also be
adjusted using the small FMS Knob.) Volume can also be adjusted with the
Audio Panel Volume Knob when MUS1, MUS2, MUS, or MUSIC Buttons
are pressed.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Volume
EIS
Select the More Softkey to access the next five channels (Preset 6 – Preset
10), and again to access the last five channels (Preset 11 – Preset 15).
Selecting the More Softkey repeatedly cycles through the preset channels.
Flight
Instruments
2)
Refer to the Audio Panel Controls for SiruisXM muting instructions.
AFCS
ELECTRONIC CHECKLISTS
Additional
Features
Accessing and navigating checklists:
1) From any page on the MFD (except the EIS Pages), press the Checklist
Softkey or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Group’ field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired procedure and press the
ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
5)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired checklist and press the ENT Key.
The selected checklist item is indicated with white text surrounded by a
white box.
6)
Press the ENT Key or Check Softkey to check the selected checklist item.
The line item turns green and a checkmark is placed in the associated box.
The next line item is automatically selected for checking.
Press the CLR Key or Uncheck Softkey to remove a check mark from an
item.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
157
Index
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the
desired checklist item.
Appendix
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Checklist’ field.
Annun/Alerts
4)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
7)
When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is
displayed in green text at the bottom left of the checklist window. If all
items in the checklist have not be checked, ‘*Checklist Not Finished*’ will
be displayed in yellow text.
8)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Go To Next Checklist?’ will be highlighted by the
cursor.
9)
Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
10) Press the Exit Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last
viewed.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Accessing emergency procedures:
1) From any page on the MFD (except the EIS Pages), press the Checklist
Softkey or turn the large FMS Knob to select the Checklist Page.
2) Press the EMER Softkey.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired emergency checklist and press the
ENT Key.
4) Press the ENT Key or Check Softkey to check the selected emergency
checklist item. The line item turns green and a checkmark is placed in the
box next to it. The next line item is automatically highlighted for checking.
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the
desired checklist item.
Press the CLR Key or Uncheck Softkey to remove a check mark from an
item.
5) When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is
displayed in green text at the bottom left of the checklist window. If all
items in the checklist have not be checked, ‘*Checklist Not Finished*’ will
be displayed in yellow text.
6) Press the ENT Key. ‘Go To Next Checklist?’ will be highlighted by the
cursor.
7) Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
8) Press the Return Softkey to return to the previous checklist.
9) Press the Exit Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last
viewed.
158
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
AUXILIARY VIDEO (OPTIONAL)
Displaying auxiliary video:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group.
Turn the small FMS Knob to select Video and display the ‘Aux - Video’ Page.
2)
Index
159
Appendix
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Annun/Alerts
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Abnormal
Operation
The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display reminder messages (e.g.,
Change oil, Switch fuel tanks, or Altimeter-Transponder Check) in the Alerts Window
on the PFD. Messages can be set to display based on a specific date and time (event),
once the message timer reaches zero (one-time; default setting), or recurrently
whenever the message timer reaches zero (periodic). Message timers set to periodic
alerting automatically reset to the original timer value once the message is displayed.
When power is cycled, all messages are retained until deleted, and message timer
countdown is resumed
Additional
Features
SCHEDULER
AFCS
Adjusting the video settings:
1) With the ‘Aux - Video’ Page displayed, press the Setup Softkey.
2) Press the Contrast - or Contrast +, to adjust display contrast in five
percent increments from 0 to 100%.
3) Press the Bright - or Bright +, to adjust display brightness in five
percent increments from 0 to 100%.
4) Press the SAT - or SAT +, to adjust display saturation in five percent
increments from 0 to 100%.
5) If desired, return the display to the default settings by pressing the Reset
Softkey.
6) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the previous softkey level.
Hazard
Avoidance
VIDEO SETUP
Flight
Management
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired video adjustment option
and press the ENT Key.
Once the ENT key is pressed on any option, the page menu closes and returns to
the ‘Aux - Video’ Page.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Selecting video menu options:
1) While viewing the ‘Aux - Video’ Page press the MENU Key to display the
Page Menu OPTIONS.
EIS
2)
Entering a scheduler message:
1) Select the Aux - Utility Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the first empty scheduler message
naming field.
4)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the message text to be displayed in the
Messages Window and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to
the field next to Type.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the message type:
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
• Event—Message issued at the specified date/time
Hazard
Avoidance
• One time—Message issued when the message timer reaches zero
(default setting)
Additional
Features
AFCS
• Periodic—Message issued each time the message timer reaches zero
7)
Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to
the next field.
8)
For periodic and one-time messages, use the FMS Knob to enter the timer
value (HHH:MM:SS) from which to countdown and press the ENT Key.
9)
For event-based messages:
a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired date (DD-MM-YY) and press
the ENT Key.
Abnormal
Operation
b) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor
to the next field.
10) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to
enter the next message.
Deleting a scheduler message:
1) Select the Aux - Utility Page.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
c) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time (HH:MM) and press the
ENT Key.
160
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the name field of the scheduler
message to be deleted.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Press the CLR Key to clear the message text. If the CLR Key is pressed
again, the message is restored.
5)
Press the ENT Key while the message line is cleared to clear the message
time.
EIS
PILOT PROFILES
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Creating a Profile
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
Flight
Management
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Create’ in the Crew Profile Box.
4)
Flight
Instruments
4)
Press the ENT Key. A ‘Create Profile’ window is displayed.
5) Use the FMS Knob to enter a profile name up to 16 characters long and
7)
Press the ENT Key.
Additional
Features
In the next field, use the small FMS Knob to select the desired settings
upon which to base the new profile. Profiles can be created based on
Garmin factory defaults, default profile settings (initially based on Garmin
factory defaults unless edited by the pilot), or other previously created
profile settings.
AFCS
6)
Hazard
Avoidance
press the ENT Key. Crew profile names cannot begin with a blank as the
first letter.
8) With ‘Create’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to create the profile
Or:
9)
Abnormal
Operation
Use the large FMS Knob to select ‘Create & Activate’ and press the ENT
Key to activate the new profile.
Annun/Alerts
To cancel the process, select ‘Cancel’ with the large FMS Knob and press
the ENT Key.
Select an Active Profile
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page.
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
Appendix
2)
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the active profile field in the Crew
Profile Box.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
161
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the crew profile list and highlight the
desired profile.
5) Press the ENT Key. The system loads and displays the system settings for
Rename a Profile
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
the selected profile.
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Rename’ in the Crew Profile Box.
Flight
Management
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5) In the ‘Rename Profile’ window, turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to
rename.
Hazard
Avoidance
6)
Press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter a new profile name up to 16 characters long
and press the ENT Key.
8) With ‘Rename’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
To cancel the process, use the large FMS Knob to select ‘Cancel’ and press
the ENT Key.
Delete a Profile
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete’ in the Crew Profile Box.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
9)
4)
Press the ENT Key.
5) In the ‘Delete Profile’ window, turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to
Annun/Alerts
delete.
6)
Press the ENT Key.
7) With ‘Delete’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Appendix
8)
To cancel the process, use the large FMS Knob to select ‘Cancel’ and press
the ENT Key.
Importing a Profile from an SD Card
Index
1)
2)
162
Insert an SD card containing the crew profile(s) into the top card slot on the
MFD.
Turn the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Select the Import Softkey.
Flight
Instruments
3)
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Import Crew Profile’ and press the
ENT Key.
6)
If successful, the system displays ‘Crew profile import succeeded.’ in the
window below. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT or CLR Keys or press
the FMS Knob to return to the AUX - System Setup Page. The imported
profile becomes the active profile.
AFCS
If the imported profile name is the same as an existing profile on the
system, the system displays an ‘Overwrite existing profile? OK or CANCEL’
prompt. Press the ENT Key to replace profile on the system with the profile
imported from the SD card, or turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘CANCEL’
and press the ENT Key to return to the Crew Profile Importing window.
Hazard
Avoidance
5)
Flight
Management
The system displays the Crew Profile Importing window with ‘Import’
highlighted. Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Profile Name’ field,
then scroll to the desired profile name with the large and small FMS Knobs,
then press the ENT Key. Then press the ENT Key with ‘Import’ highlighted.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
4)
Export a Profile to an SD Card:
2)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
3)
Select the Export Softkey. The system displays the Crew Profile Exporting
window.
Or:
Annun/Alerts
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Export Crew Profile’ and press the
ENT Key.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
163
Index
To export the crew profile using the current selected profile, press the ENT
Key with ‘Export’ highlighted. To change the selected profile, turn the large
FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Profile Name’ field, then scroll to the desired
profile name with the large and small FMS Knobs, then press the ENT Key.
Then press the ENT Key with ‘Export’ highlighted.
Appendix
4)
Abnormal
Operation
Insert the SD card for storing the Crew Profile into the top card slot on the
MFD.
Additional
Features
1)
5)
If the selected profile to be exported is the same as an existing profile file
name on the SD card, the system displays an ‘Overwrite existing profile?
OK or CANCEL’ prompt. Press the ENT Key to replace the profile on the
SD card with the profile to be exported, or turn the FMS Knob to highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key to return to the Pilot Profile Exporting
window without exporting the profile.
6)
If successful, the window displays ‘Crew profile export succeeded.’ With
‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT or CLR Keys, or press the FMS Knob to
return to the AUX - System Setup Page.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
ELECTRONIC STABILITY & PROTECTION (ESP™)
Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP™) is an optional feature that is intended to
discourage the exceedance of attitude and established airspeed parameters. This feature
will only function when the aircraft is above 200 feet AGL and the autopilot is not engaged.
ESP engages when the aircraft exceeds one or more conditions (pitch, roll, Vmo, and/
or Mmo) beyond the normal flight parameters. Enhanced stability for each condition is
provided by applying a force to the appropriate control surface to return the aircraft to
the normal flight envelope. This is perceived by the pilot as resistance to control movement in the undesired direction when the aircraft approaches a steep attitude or high
airspeed.
As the aircraft deviates further from the normal attitude and/or airspeed, the force
increases (up to an established maximum) to encourage control movement in the direction necessary to return to the normal attitude and/or airspeed range. Except in
the case of high airspeed, when maximum force is reached, force remains constant up
to the maximum engagement limit. Above the maximum engagement limit, forces
are no longer applied. There is no maximum engagement related to a high airspeed
condition.
When ESP has been engaged for more than 20 seconds (cumulative; not necessarily
consecutive seconds) of a 40-second interval, the autopilot is automatically engaged
with the flight director in Level Mode, bringing the aircraft into level flight. An aural
“Engaging Autopilot” alert is played and the flight director mode annunciation will
indicate ‘LVL’ for vertical and lateral modes.
The pilot can interrupt ESP by pressing and holding the Autopilot Disconnect (AP
DISC) switch. Upon releasing the AP DISC switch, ESP force will again be applied,
provided aircraft attitude and/or airspeed are within their respective engagement limits. ESP can also be overridden by overpowering the servo’s mechanical torque limit.
ESP can be enabled or disabled on the ‘Aux - System Setup 2’ Page on the MFD.
164
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
Enabling/disabling ESP:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
3)
If necessary, press the SETUP 2 Softkey to display the ‘Aux - System Setup 2’
Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the Stability & Protection
field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
165
AFCS
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Hazard
Avoidance
PITCH ENGAGEMENT
ESP™ engages at 17.5° nose-up and 15.5° nose-down. Once ESP™ is engaged, it
will apply opposing force between 17.5° and 50° nose-up and between 15.5° and 50°
nose-down. Maximum opposing force is applied between 22.5° and 50° nose-up and
between 20.5° and 50° nose-down.
With ESP™ engaged, and the aircraft in a nose-up condition, opposing force steadily
decreases from 17.5° nose-up to 12.5° nose-up as aircraft pitch moves toward zero degrees. ESP™ disengages at 12.5° nose-up. With ESP™ engaged, and the aircraft in a nosedown condition, opposing force steadily decreases from 15.5° nose-down to 10.5° nosedown as aircraft pitch moves toward zero degrees. ESP™ disengages at 10.5° nose-down.
Flight
Management
ROLL ENGAGEMENT
Roll Limit Indicators are displayed on the roll scale at 45° right and left, indicating
where ESP will engage (see following figure). As roll attitude exceeds 45°, ESP will
engage and the on-side Roll Limit Indicator will move to 30°, as shown in the following figure. The Roll Limit Indicator is now showing where ESP will disengage as roll
attitude decreases.
Once engaged, ESP force will be applied between 30° and 75°, as illustrated in
the following figure. The force increases as roll attitude increases and decreases as
roll attitude decreases. The applied force is intended to encourage pilot input that
returns the airplane to a more normal roll attitude. As roll attitude decreases, ESP will
disengage at 30°.
ESP is automatically disengaged if the aircraft reaches the autopilot roll engagement
attitude limit of 75°.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
EIS
1)
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
LOW AIRSPEED PROTECTION
Low speed protection is provided as part of the ESP feature. When the stall
warning system determines a stall condition is imminent, ESP will engage,
applying force in the direction necessary to lower the nose of the aircraft.
HIGH AIRSPEED PROTECTION
Exceeding Vmo or Mmo will result in ESP applying force to raise the nose of the
aircraft. When the high airspeed condition is remedied, ESP force is no longer applied.
HYPOXIA RECOGNITION & AUTOMATIC DESCENT MODE
The Hypoxia Recognition detects pilot incapacitation due to the affects of hypoxia
or other physical condition. This is accomplished by monitoring pilot interaction with
the system. If the system determines the pilot is not responding, Automatic Descent
Mode is activated placing the aircraft in a descent to a lower altitude to provide the
pilot and passengers an opportunity to recover from the effects of hypoxia.”
The system is operative when the aircraft altitude is above 14,900 feet (pressure
altitude) and the Garmin AFCS autopilot is engaged. Pilot interaction with the system is monitored by detecting key presses and turns of the knobs (Audio Panel and
push-to-talk switch excluded). If a period of inactivity (time dependent on altitude,
see following figure) is detected, Hypoxia Recognition initiates an automatic descent.
Upon activation, there are three sequential phases employed by the system; determining pilot alertness, descent to 14,000 feet MSL, and descent to 12,500 feet MSL.
DETERMINING PILOT ALERTNESS
When the system detects a sufficient period of inactivity the Advisory Annunciation
‘Are you alert?’ is displayed. Selecting the MSG Softkey will acknowledge the message
and reset the system. Pressing any other softkey, or turning a knob will also reset the
system.
When no pilot interaction is detected for an additional 60 seconds, the Caution
Annunciation ‘HYPOXIA ALERT’ is displayed. Again, selecting the MSG Softkey will
acknowledge the message and reset the system. Pressing any other softkey, or turning
a knob will also reset the system.
When no pilot interaction is detected for an additional 60 seconds, the Warning
Annunciation ‘AUTO DESCENT’ is displayed in the Annunciation Window and ‘Automatic descent to 14,000FT in 60 seconds’ is displayed in the Messages Window. Once
again, selecting the MSG Softkey will acknowledge the message and reset the system.
Pressing any other softkey, or turning a knob will also reset the system.
When no interaction is detected for another 60 seconds, the system will automatically proceed with the descent.
166
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional Features
Flight
Instruments
AUTOMATIC DESCENT MODE
NOTE: Automatic Descent Mode does not account for terrain elevation.
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
As the system prepares for descent, the Selected Altitude is set to 14,000 and the
AFCS enters IAS mode with the airspeed reference set to the maximum allowable
airspeed setting for the specific aircraft model. IAS is displayed in the AFCS Status
Box along with the target airspeed where Flight Level Change Mode (FLC) is normally
displayed. Refer to the Flight Director Vertical Modes in the AFCS section. AFCS
lateral mode settings are not affected.
As the descent begins, an ‘AUTO DESCENT’ warning is displayed in the Annunciation Window. ‘AUTO DESCENT - Aircraft Descending to 14,000FT’ is displayed in
the Messages Window. ‘EDM’ is shown as an AFCS Status Annunciation indicating the
system has entered Automatic Descent Mode. ‘EDM’ (Emergency Descent Mode) is
the AFCS mode that is activated when Hypoxia Recognition initiates an automatic descent. A continuous repeating chime will be heard as long as Automatic Descent Mode
is active. After the descent begins, Automatic Descent Mode can only be canceled by
disconnecting the autopilot.
As the aircraft reaches 14,000 feet the system sets the AFCS to Altitude Hold mode.
The AFCS will also remain in Automatic Descent Mode as indicated by ‘EDM’ continuing to be displayed as an AFCS Status Annunciation. The system again begins
monitoring for pilot interaction.
If no pilot interaction is detected for four minutes, the system initiates the second
descent. As the system prepares for this descent, the Selected Altitude is set to 12,500
and the AFCS again enters IAS mode with the airspeed reference set to the maximum
allowable airspeed for the specific aircraft model.
As the descent begins, an ‘AUTO DESCENT’ warning is displayed in the Annunciation Window. ‘AUTO DESCENT - Aircraft Descending to 12,500FT’ is displayed in
the Messages Window. ‘EDM’ is shown as an AFCS Status Annunciation. Also, the
continuous repeating chime is heard.
As the aircraft reaches 12,500 feet the system sets the AFCS to Altitude Hold mode.
The AFCS will also remain in Automatic Descent Mode as indicated by ‘EDM’ continuing to be displayed as an AFCS Status Annunciation as well as the continuing presence of the repeating chime. At this point, the AFCS must be disconnected to cancel
Automatic Descent Mode.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
167
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Additional Features
Blank Page
168
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
NOTE: The current version of the pertinent flight manual always takes precedence over the information found in this section.
Flight
Instruments
ABNORMAL OPERATION
EIS
REVERSIONARY MODE
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
ABNORMAL COM OPERATION
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
In the event of an MFD failure, the system automatically switches to reversionary
(backup) mode. In reversionary mode, all important flight information is presented
on the remaining display in the same format as in normal operating mode.
If a display fails, the appropriate GIA Ethernet interface is cut off. Thus, the GIA
64W can no longer communicate with the remaining display (refer to Figure 1-1), and
the NAV and COM functions provided to the failed display by the GIA 64W are flagged
as invalid on the remaining display. The system reverts to backup paths for the AHRS,
ADC, Engine/Airframe Unit, and Transponder, as required. The change to backup
paths is completely automated for all LRUs and no pilot action is required.
Reversionary Mode may also be manually activated by pressing the red DISPLAY
BACKUP Button. Pressing this button again deactivates Reversionary Mode.
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
COM TUNING FAILURE
In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is
automatically tuned in the radio in which the tuning failure occurred. Depending on
the failure mode, an amber or red X may appear on the frequency display.
Abnormal
Operation
STUCK MICROPHONE
If the push-to-talk (PTT) Key becomes stuck, the COM transmitter stops transmitting after 35 seconds of continuous operation. An alert appears on the PFD to advise
the crew of a stuck microphone.
The MIC Key Annunciator on the Audio Panel flashes as long as the PTT Key remains stuck.
Additional
Features
AUDIO PANEL FAIL-SAFE OPERATION
If there is a failure of the Audio Panel, a fail-safe circuit connects the pilot’s headset and microphone directly to the COM1 transceiver. Audio is not available on the
speaker during fail-safe operation.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
169
HAZARD DISPLAYS WITH LOSS OF GPS POSITION
If GPS position is lost, or becomes invalid, selected hazards being displayed on the
Navigation Map Page are removed until GPS position is again established.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
UNUSUAL ATTITUDES
When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red chevrons pointing toward
the horizon warn of extreme pitch. The chevrons are displayed on the Attitude Indicator, starting at 50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon line.
Nose High
Nose Low
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Loss of Hazard Functions with Loss of GPS Position
Pitch Attitude Warnings
If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on
the PFD is removed. The Altimeter and Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal Situation indicators remain on the display and the Bearing Information, Alerts,
and Annunciation windows can be displayed during such situations. The following
information is removed from the PFD and its softkeys are disabled when the aircraft
experiences unusual attitudes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Traffic Annunciations
AFCS Annunciations
Inset Map
Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
Wind data
Selected Heading readout
Selected Course readout
Transponder Status Box
System Time
170
• PFD Setup Menu
• Windows displayed in the
lower right corner of the PFD:
------
References Window
Nearest Airports
Flight Plan
Messages
Procedures
• Minimum Descent Altitude/
Decision Height readout
• Vertical Deviation, Glideslope,
and Glidepath Indicators
• Altimeter Barometric Setting
• Selected Altitude
• VNV Target Altitude
• Ground Speed
• True Airspeed
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Abnormal Operation
Flight
Instruments
EIS
SVT UNUSUAL ATTITUDES
During extreme pitch attitudes, the display shows either a brown or blue colored
bar at the top or bottom of the screen to represent earth or sky. The blue colored bar
is also displayed when terrain gradient is great enough to completely fill the display.
This is intended to prevent losing sight of the horizon during extreme pitch attitudes.
ABNORMAL GPS CONDITIONS
Location
Description
GPS LOI
Right of HSI
Loss of Integrity Monitoring–GPS integrity
is insufficient for the current phase of flight
GPS
INTEG OK
Right of HSI
Integrity OK–GPS integrity has been
restored to within normal limits
(annunciation displayed for 5 seconds)
Flight
Management
DR
PFD - Lower left of aircraft symbol
if HSI Map is disabled, or on
aircraft icon if HSI Map enabled
MFD - On aircraft icon
Dead Reckoning–System is using projected
position rather than GPS position to
compute navigation data and sequence
active flight plan waypoints
Hazard
Avoidance
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Annunciation
AFCS
Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
ABNORMAL AFCS OPERATION
Additional
Features
In Dead Reckoning Mode, the CDI is removed (when GPS is the selected navigation
source), and the following items on the PFD are then shown in amber:
• Current Track Bug
• Wind Data
• Distances in the Bearing Information windows
• GPS bearing pointers
These items should be verified when operating in Dead Reckoning Mode and they
become increasingly inaccurate over time.
SUSPECTED AUTOPILOT MALFUNCTION
NOTE: Consult the aircraft documentation for the location of circuit breakers
as well as specifics that may supplement or amplify this procedure.
Appendix
If an autopilot failure or trim failure is suspected to have occurred,
perform the following steps:
1) Firmly grasp the control wheel.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
171
2)
Press and hold the AP DISC Switch. The autopilot will disconnect and
power is removed from the trim motor. Power is also removed from all
primary servo motors and engaged solenoids. Note the visual and aural
alerting indicating autopilot disconnect.
3)
Retrim the aircraft as needed. Substantial trim adjustment may be needed.
4)
Pull the appropriate circuit breaker(s) to electrically isolate the servo and
solenoid components.
5)
Release the AP DISC Switch.
OVERPOWERING AUTOPILOT SERVOS
In the context of this discussion, “overpowering” refers to any pressure or force
applied to the pitch controls when the autopilot is engaged. A small amount of pressure or force on the pitch controls can cause the autopilot automatic trim to run to an
out-of-trim condition. Therefore, any application of pressure or force to the controls
should be avoided when the autopilot is engaged.
Overpowering the autopilot during flight will cause the autopilot’s automatic trim
to run, resulting in an out-of-trim condition or cause the trim to hit the stop if the action is prolonged. In this case, larger than anticipated control forces are required after
the autopilot is disengaged.
The following steps should be added to the preflight check:
1)
Check for proper autopilot operation and ensure the autopilot can be
overpowered.
2)
Note the forces required to overpower the autopilot servo clutches.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
172
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS
CAS MESSAGES
Alerts Window Text
ANTI ICE QTY
Left and right fluid quantities are unknown (TKS).
ANTI ICE QTY
Fluid quantity is low (TKS).
AOA OVERHEAT
AOA probe is overheated.
AUTO DESCENT†
Automatic descent to 14,000FT in 60 seconds.
AUTO DESCENT†
Aircraft descending to 14,000FT.
AUTO DESCENT†
Aircraft descending to 12,500FT.
AUTO DESCENT†
Aircraft descended due to pilot incapacitation.
Brake temperature is high.
Cylinder head temperature is high.
CO LVL HIGH
Carbon monoxide level is too high.
ESS BUS
Check essential power bus voltage.
FLAP ICE
Full flap prohibited in icing conditions.
FUEL FLOW*
Check fuel flow.
Annun/Alerts
CHT
Appendix
FUEL IMBALANCE
Abnormal
Operation
BRAKE TEMP
Additional
Features
Tank valves cannot be controlled (closed) (TKS).
AFCS
ANTI ICE CTRL
Hazard
Avoidance
CAS Window Text
Fuel quantity imbalance has been detected.
FUEL QTY
Check fuel tank levels.
M BUS 1
Check main power bus 1 voltage.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Index
 Optional / * Not applicable to all models /  TKS FIKI (optional) /
1
In air only / ^ SR22T only / † Garmin AFCS required
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Management
WARNING MESSAGES
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
NOTE: The ice protection system (optional) must be operated in accordance
with the approved flight manual limitations. This option is only available on
the SR22 and SR22T models.
EIS
The following alerts are configured specifically for the Cirrus SR2x models. Red
annunciations are warnings, amber text signifies cautions, and white annunciations are
advisories. See the current version of the pertinent flight manual for recommended
pilot actions.
173
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
CAS Window Text
M BUS 2
EIS
MAN PRESSURE*
OIL TEMP
Oil temperature is high.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
PITCH TRIM
Flight
Management
Check manifold pressure.
Oil pressure is out of range.
OXYGEN QTY
Oxygen system fault.
Oxygen quantity is low.
Pitch Trim control has failed.
RPM
Check engine RPM.
SPIN SPIN SPIN
Spin entry detected.
STALL
START ENGAGED
TIT*
Hazard
Avoidance
Check main power bus 2 voltage.
OIL PRESS
OXYGEN FAULT
AFCS
Alerts Window Text
UNDERSPEED
PROTECT ACTIVE†
Stall warning.
Starter is engaged.
TIT temperature is high.
None
 Optional / * Not applicable to all models /  TKS FIKI (optional) /
1
In air only / ^ SR22T only / † Garmin AFCS required
CAS Window Text
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
CAUTION MESSAGES
ALT 1
Check alternator 1 current.
ALT 2
Check alternator 2 current.
ALT AIR OPEN*
Alternate air door is open.
ANTI ICE HEAT
Stall warning/AoA heater has failed.
ANTI ICE LEVEL
Left tank fluid quantity is unreliable (TKS).
ANTI ICE LEVEL
Right tank fluid quantity is unreliable (TKS).
ANTI ICE PRESS
Tail pressure is low (TKS).
ANTI ICE PRESS
Pressure is high (TKS).
ANTI ICE QTY
Fluid quantity imbalance has been detected (TKS)
ANTI ICE QTY
Fluid quantity is low (TKS).
ANTI ICE SPEED
Index
Alerts Window Text
Airspeed is too low for ice protection (TKS).
 Optional / * Not applicable to all models /  TKS FIKI (optional) /
1
In air only / † Garmin AFCS required
174
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
CAS Window Text
ANTI ICE SPEED
Airspeed is to high for ice protection (TKS).
ANTI ICE TEMP
Temperature is too low for ice protection (TKS).
AP/PFD DIF ADC

AP/PFD DIF AHRS

AVIONICS OFF
Autopilot miscompare, autopilot is not available.
EIS
AP MISCOMPARE

Flight
Instruments
Alerts Window Text
Autopilot and PFD are using different ADCs.
Autopilot and PFD are using different AHRSs.
Check battery 1 current.
BRAKE TEMP
Brake temperature is high.
Flight
Management
CHT
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Avionics master switch is off.
BATT 1
Cylinder head temperature is high.
FLAP OVERSPEED
Flaps are extended beyond airspeed limitations.
FUEL IMBALANCE
Fuel quantity imbalance has been detected.
Check fuel tank levels.
HYPOXIA ALERT†
Check main power bus 2.
MAN PRESSURE*
Check manifold pressure.
NO ADC MODES
Autopilot air data modes are not available.

OIL PRESSURE
OIL TEMP
Autopilot vertical modes are not available.
Abnormal
Operation
NO VERT MODES

Additional
Features
M BUS 2
LRG MAG VAR
Oil pressure is out of range.
Oil temperature is high.
Oxygen quantity is low.
OXYGEN RQD
Oxygen is required.
PARK BRAKE
Parking break is set.

Pitot heat failure.
PITOT HEAT REQD
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
175
Index
Pitot heat is required.
The system notifies the pilot to set the Nav Angle units on the 'Avionics
SLCT MAG
Settings' Screen to Magnetic.
 Optional / * Not applicable to all models /  TKS FIKI (optional) /
1
In air only / † Garmin AFCS required
Appendix
PITOT HEAT FAIL
Annun/Alerts
OXYGEN QTY

190-02184-02 Rev. A
AFCS
M BUS 1
Hypoxia caution alert.
The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the exact magnetic variance
for geographic locations near the magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic
course angles may differ from the actual magnetic heading by more
than 2°.
Check main power bus 1.
Hazard
Avoidance
FUEL QTY
CAS Window Text
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Alerts Window Text
START ENGAGED
The system notifies the pilot to set the Nav Angle units on the 'Avionics
Settings' Screen to True.
Starter is engaged.
TAKEOFF FLAPS
Flaps not in takeoff configuration.
SLCT NON-MAG
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
 Optional / * Not applicable to all models /  TKS FIKI (optional) /
1
In air only / † Garmin AFCS required
ADVISORY MESSAGES
Flight
Management
CAS Window Text
Climbing away from selected altitude.
ALTITUDE SEL
Descending away from selected altitude.
ANTI ICE QTY
Fluid quantity is low (TKS).
Hazard
Avoidance

AOA FAIL
Dynamic stall speed band is unavailable.
ARE YOU ALERT?†
Are you alert?
COURSE SELECT
Current track will not intercept selected course.
AFCS

ESP CONFIG
ESP config error. Config service req'd.
EXIT ICING
Exit icing conditions.
FLAPS CLIMB
Flaps not set for enroute climb.
Additional
Features

FUEL IMBALANCE
Fuel quantity imbalance has been detected.
HDG MODE
Heading mode active for extended period.
Abnormal
Operation
L FUEL QTY
Check left fuel tank level.
OXYGEN LEFT ON

Annun/Alerts
OXYGEN QTY
Appendix
PUMP BACKUP
Oxygen system is left on after shutdown.
Oxygen quantity is low.
Anti-ice backup pump mode has been selected (TKS).
R FUEL QTY
Check right fuel tank level.
ROL MODE
Roll mode is active.
SFC WATCH FAIL
Surfacewatch failed.
VNAV ALT SEL
VNAV NOT ARMED
Index
Alerts Window Text
ALTITUDE SEL

The current altitude selected will not capture the path for VNAV.
Press VNV to arm VPATH capture.
 Optional / * Not applicable to all models /  TKS FIKI (optional)/
† Garmin AFCS required
176
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
MESSAGE ADVISORY ALERTS
Alerts Window Message
CO DET FAIL – The carbon monoxide detector is inoperative.
CO DET SRVC – The carbon monoxide detector needs service.
EIS
ESP FAIL† – ESP is inoperative.
ESP OFF† – ESP selected off.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
ESP DEGRADE† – ESP IAS mode is inoperative.
FAILED PATH – An autopilot servo data path has failed.
MFD FAN FAIL – MFD cooling fan is inoperative.
Flight
Management
PFD FAN FAIL – PFD cooling fan is inoperative.
 Optional/  TKS FIKI (optional)/ † Garmin AFCS required
OTHER SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS
Description
Appendix
Index
177
Annun/Alerts
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Abnormal
Operation
Airspeed exceeds VNE.
Issued when the aircraft transitions beyond the set altitude limit.
Issued when the aircraft is landing on a non-runway (e.g. a taxiway).
The ESP system is engaging the autopilot. See the Additional Features
“Engaging autopilot”
section for more details.
Aircraft has descended below the preset barometric minimum descent
“Minimums, minimums”
altitude.
“Incoming Call”
A call has been received via the Iridium system.
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from a non-runway (e.g. a
“Runway too short”
taxiway).
"Six hundred"
The aircraft is 600 feet above terrain or runway.
"Spin, spin, spin"
Spin entry detected.
“Stall”
Imminent stall is sensed by stall vane.
Played when the optional GTS traffic system passes a pilot-initiated self
“TAS System Test Passed”
test.
Played when the optional GTS traffic system fails a pilot-initiated self
“TAS System Test Failed”
test.
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from, or landing on, a runway with
“Taxiway”
a length less than needed as entered.
Additional
Features
“Airspeed”
“Altitude”
“Check runway”
190-02184-02 Rev. A
AFCS
Message
Hazard
Avoidance
VOICE ALERTS
The following aural alerts are announced by the system using a voice of female
gender. If an optional terrain system is installed, voice alerts are also generated (refer
to the appropriate terrain alerts section in the Hazard Avoidance Section).
Message
Description
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from, or landing on, a runway
“Taxiway”
different than that entered in the Takeoff Data or Landing Data screen.
“Timer Expired”
Countdown timer on the PFD has reached zero.
“TIS Not Available” Aircraft is outside TIS coverage area.
“Traffic”
TIS Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with the TIS system.
“Traffic, (distance, bearing, TAS Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with the optional GTS TAS system. See
altitude)”
the Hazard Avoidance section for additional details on GTS voice alerts.
Aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent. Issued only when vertical
“Vertical track”
navigation is enabled.
COMPARATOR ANNUNCIATIONS
Annunciation
ALT
Condition
Difference in altitude sensors is > 200 ft.
If either airspeed sensor detects > 35 knots, and the difference in
sensors is > 10 knots
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
AFCS
IAS
If either airspeed sensor detects > 80 knots, and the difference in
sensors is > 7 knots.
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Difference in heading sensors is > 6 degrees.
HDG
Difference in pitch sensors is > 5 degrees.
PIT
Difference in roll sensors is > 6 degrees.
ROL
No data from one or both altitude sensors.
IAS
No data from one or both airspeed sensors.
HDG
No data from one or both heading sensors.
PIT
No data from one or both pitch sensors.
ROL
No data from one or both roll sensors.
Reversionary Sensor
Window Text
Index
Appendix
REVERSIONARY SENSOR ANNUNCIATIONS
178
Condition
USING ADC2
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 Air Data Computer
USING AHRS2
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 AHRS.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Alert Condition Annunciation
¤ELE
£ELE
Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated
direction
Roll Failure
ROLL
Roll axis control failure; AP inoperative
Pitch Failure
PTCH
Pitch axis control failure; AP inoperative
System Failure
AFCS
AP and MEPT are unavailable; FD may still be available
Preflight system test failed; aural alert sounds at failure
GARMIN AFCS CONDITION/STALL ALERT
Flashing annunciation indicating aircraft overspeed condition.
The autopilot, if engaged, will follow the pitch up command for
the flight director. Engine power should be reduced and/or the
pitch reference adjusted to slow the aircraft. The annunciation
disappears when the overspeed condition is resolved.
Index
Flashing annunciation indicating aircraft underspeed or
imminent stall condition. An underspeed condition initiates
flight director commands for pitch down and, if engaged, the
autopilot will follow the pitch down command. Engine power
should be increased and/or the pitch reference adjusted to
increase airspeed. A stall condition causes the flight director
to capture the Stall Warning Reference Airspeed (i.e., the speed
at which Stall Warning Mode was entered) and commands a
pitch attitude to follow the reference speed. The Stall Warning
Reference Airspeed is increased at a rate of one kt/sec. The
annunciation disappears when the condition is resolved.
179
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
MINSPD
Appendix
190-02184-02 Rev. A
MAXSPD
Annun/Alerts
Underspeed/
Stall
Annunciation Description
Abnormal
Operation
Condition
Overspeed
Additional
Features
PFT
AFCS
PFT
Hazard
Avoidance
Preflight Test
Performing preflight system test; aural alert sounds at
completion
Do not press the AP DISC Switch during servo power-up
and preflight system tests as this may cause the preflight
system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail their
power-up tests). Power must be cycled to the servos to
remedy the situation.
Flight
Management
PTRM
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
(or stuck MEPT
Switch)
If AP engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage
AP
If AP disengaged, move MEPT switches separately to
unstick
Pitch Trim Failure
EIS
Elevator Mistrim
Down
Elevator Mistrim
Up
Description
Flight
Instruments
GARMIN AFCS STATUS ALERTS
SURFACEWATCH ALERTS
SurfaceWatch Alert
Annunciation
Associated
Voice Alert
TWY TAKEOFF
“Taxiway”
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from a nonrunway (e.g. a taxiway).
RWY TOO SHORT
“Runway too short”
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from a runway with a length less than needed as calculated
by the PERF function.
CHECK RUNWAY
“Check runway”
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from a
runway different than that entered in PERF.
TWY LANDING
“Taxiway”
Issued when the aircraft is landing on a nonrunway (e.g. a taxiway).
RWY TOO SHORT
“Runway too short”
Issued when the aircraft is landing on a runway
with a length less than needed as calculated by
the PERF function.
CHECK RUNWAY
“Check runway”
Issued when the aircraft is landing on a runway
different than that entered in PERF.
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Message
Message Location
Description
CHECK ANTENNA
XM Information Page
(MFD)
Data Link Receiver antenna error;
service required
UPDATING
XM Information Page
(MFD))
Data Link Receiver updating
encryption code
NO SIGNAL
XM Information Page
Loss of signal; signal strength too
Weather Datalink Page
low for receiver
(MFD)
LOADING
XM Radio Page (MFD)
Acquiring channel audio or
information
OFF AIR
XM Radio Page (MFD)
Channel not in service
--------
XM Radio Page (MFD)
Missing channel information
WEATHER DATA LINK FAILED
Weather Datalink Page No communication from Data Link
(MFD)
Receiver within last 5 minutes
Index
Appendix
Description
GDL 69 SXM DATA LINK RECEIVER MESSAGES
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
180
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Message Location
ACTIVATION REQUIRED
XM Information Page
(MFD)
DETECTING ACTIVATION
Weather Datalink Page Sirius XM subscription is
(MFD)
activating.
Sirius XM subscription is not
activated
EIS
WAITING FOR DATA...
Description
Flight
Instruments
Message
Weather Datalink Page Sirius XM subscription confirmed
(MFD)
downloading weather data.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
FLIGHT PLAN IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
‘Flight plan successfully
imported.’
Description
Flight
Management
Flight Plan Import/
Export Results
A flight plan file stored on the SD card was successfully imported as a
stored flight plan.
The SD card contains no flight plan data.
‘Flight plan import failed.’
Flight plan data was not successfully imported from the SD card.
AFCS
‘No flight plan files found to
import.’
Hazard
Avoidance
‘File contained user waypoints The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user
only. User waypoints imported waypoints. These waypoints have been saved to the system user
successfully. No stored flight waypoints. No flight plans stored in the system have been modified.
plan data was modified.’
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user
waypoints. One or more of these waypoints did not import successfully.
‘Too many points. Flight plan
truncated.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains more waypoints than the system
can support. The flight plan was imported with as many waypoints as
possible.
‘Some waypoints not loaded.
Waypoints locked.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains one or more waypoints that
the system cannot find in the navigation database. The flight plan has
been imported, but must be edited within the system before it can be
activated for use.
Annun/Alerts
‘User waypoint database full.
Not all loaded.’
The flight plan file on the SD card contains user waypoints. The
quantity of stored user waypoints has exceeded system capacity,
therefore not all the user waypoints on the SD card have been
imported. Any flight plan user waypoints that were not imported are
locked in the flight plan. The flight plan must be edited within the
system before it can be activated for use.
Appendix
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Index
‘File contained user waypoints
only.’
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
‘Flight plan partially imported.’ Some flight plan waypoints were successfully imported from the SD
card, however others had errors and were not imported. A partial
stored flight plan now exists in the system.
181
Flight Plan Import/
Export Results
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Description
‘One or more user waypoints
renamed.’
One or more imported user waypoints were renamed when imported
due to naming conflicts with waypoints already existing in the system.
‘Flight plan successfully
exported.’
The stored flight plan was successfully exported to the SD card.
‘Flight plan export failed.’
The stored flight plan was not successfully exported to the SD card. The
SD card may not have sufficient available memory or the card may have
been removed prematurely.
PILOT PROFILE IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Pilot Profile Import/
Export Results
Description
'Pilot profile import succeeded.'
The pilot profile has been successfully imported from the SD card
into the system.
'Pilot profile import failed.'
The pilot profile was not successfully imported from the SD card
into the system.
'Pilot profile export succeeded.'
The pilot profile has been successfully exported from the system to
the SD card.
'Pilot profile export failed.'
The pilot profile was not successfully exported from the system to
the SD card. The SD card may not have sufficient available memory
or the card may have been removed prematurely.
'No pilot profiles found to import.'
The SD card does not contain pilot profile data or an SD card has
not been inserted.
'Profile name invalid. Enter a
different profile name.'
The pilot profile names "DEFAULT PROFILE", "CURRENT
SETTINGS", "GARMIN DEFAULTS", "NONE", or a name beginning
with a blank space are reserved by the system and cannot be used.
Choose a different pilot profile name.
'All available pilot profiles in use.
Delete a profile before importing
another.'
The maximum quantity of pilot profiles which can be stored on the
system has been reached. Delete a profile on the system before
importing another profile from an SD card.
CONNEXT WEATHER MESSAGES
Weather Request
Status Message
Description
Auto requests inhibited The system has disabled automatic weather data requests due to
Send manual request
excessive errors. Automatic weather data requests have stopped. Send a
to reset.
manual weather data request to resume automatic updates.
182
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Description
Auto update retry: ##
Seconds
The system will attempt another automatic weather data request after an
error occurred during the previous request. Timer counts down until the
next automatic request occurs.
Connext Comm Error
[1]
A general error has occurred. If the error persists, the system should be
serviced.
Connext Comm Error
[2]
A communications error has occurred with the GDL59 or GIA. The
system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error
[3]
A general error has occurred. If the error persists, the system should be
serviced.
Connext Comm Error
[4]
This occurs if multiple automatic weather data requests have recently
failed, or the GDL 59 or a GIA is off-line.
Connext Comm Error
[5]
This can occur if the GDL 59 is off-line or not configured, or the Iridium
or Garmin Connext services are not accessible. Check Iridium signal
strength. If this error persists, the system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error
[6]
A communications error has occurred. It this error persists, the system
should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error
[7]
A weather data transfer has timed out. Check Iridium signal strength
and re-send the data request.
Connext Comm Error
[8]
A server error has occurred or invalid data received.
Connext Comm Error
[9]
An error occurred while reading or writing data. If the error persists, the
system should be serviced.
Connext Login Invalid
There is a problem with the Garmin Connext registration. Contact
Garmin at 1-866-739-5687 in the United States or 913-397-8200, wait
for the operator, and request Extension 1135 for assistance.
Abnormal
Operation
Connext Server Temp
Inop
The Garmin Connext Weather data server is temporarily out of service, but is
expected to return to service in less than 30 minutes.
Connext Server Inop
The Garmin Connext Weather data server will be out of service for at
least 30 minutes.
Annun/Alerts
Invalid Coverage Area
The weather data request coverage area does not contain at least one
of the following: a waypoint, a flight plan, or a flight plan destination.
Verify at least one of the coverage options is enabled (checked) and
contains required criteria, then re-send the data request.
Flight
Instruments
Weather Request
Status Message
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Appendix
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
183
Weather Request
Status Message
The system is not be currently subscribed to Garmin Connext services
or the access code is incorrect. Verify the access code. Contact Garmin
at 1-866-739-5687 in the United States or 913-397-8200, wait for the
operator, and request Extension 1135 for assistance.
Reduce Request Area
The size of the received weather data has exceeded system memory
limits. Reduce the size of the coverage area and issue another Connext
Data Request to ensure all available weather data has been received.
Request Canceled
The user has cancelled a Connext Data Request.
Request Failed - Try
Again
The weather data request timed-out. Re-send data request.
Transfer Preempted
The GDL 59 is busy. Retry request later.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
SYSTEM MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Message
ABORT APR – Loss of GPS
navigation. Abort approach.
ADC1 ALT EC – ADC1
altitude error correction is
unavailable.
ADC1 AS EC – ADC1
airspeed error correction is
unavailable.
ADC1 SERVICE – ADC1
needs service. Return unit for
repair.
ADC2 ALT EC – ADC1
altitude error correction is
unavailable.
ADC2 AS EC – ADC2
airspeed error correction is
unavailable.
Comments
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
The AHRS is reporting that the altitude error correction
is unavailable.
The AHRS is reporting that the airspeed error correction
is unavailable.
The AHRS should be serviced.
The AHRS is reporting that the altitude error correction
is unavailable.
The AHRS is reporting that the airspeed error correction
is unavailable.
Index
Appendix
Description
No Connext
Subscription
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
184
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 using
backup GPS source.
The AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS
path has failed. The system should be serviced when
possible.
The AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS
information. Check current version of pertinent flight
manual limitations. The system should be serviced.
The AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date.
Update magnetic field model when practical.
The AHRS calibration version error. The system should be
serviced.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
The AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date.
Update magnetic field model when practical.
Index
185
Appendix
The AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air
data computer. The AHRS relies on GPS information to
augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be
serviced.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
AFCS
The AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The
system should be serviced.
Hazard
Avoidance
The AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information.
The system should be serviced.
Flight
Management
AHRS configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
190-02184-02 Rev. A
The AHRS should be serviced.
EIS
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1
not receiving any GPS
information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1
not receiving backup GPS
information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1
operating exclusively in noGPS mode.
AHRS1 SERVICE – AHRS1
Magnetic-field model needs
update.
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not
receiving airspeed.
Flight
Instruments
Message
ADC2 SERVICE – ADC2
needs service. Return unit for
repair.
AHRS MAG DB – AHRS
magnetic model database
version mismatch.
AHRS1 CAL – AHRS1
calibration version error. Srvc
req’d.
AHRS1 CONFIG – AHRS1
config error. Config service
req’d.
Flight
Instruments
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2
not receiving any GPS
information.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2
not receiving backup GPS
information.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2
operating exclusively in noGPS mode.
AHRS2 SERVICE – AHRS2
Magnetic-field model needs
update.
AHRS2 TAS – AHRS2 not
receiving airspeed.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Message
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 using
backup GPS source.
EIS
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
The AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS
path has failed. The system should be serviced when
possible.
The AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS
information. Check current version of pertinent flight
manual limitations. The system should be serviced.
The AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information.
The system should be serviced.
The AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The
system should be serviced.
The AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date.
Update magnetic field model when practical.
The AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air
data computer. The AHRS relies on GPS information to
augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be
serviced.
APPR INACTV – Approach is The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach
not active.
is not active. Activate approach when required.
APR DWNGRADE –
Vertical guidance generated by SBAS is unavailable,
Approach downgraded.
use LNAV only minimums.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft
ahead less than 10 minutes. will penetrate the airspace within 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft
and ahead.
position.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft
– less than 2 nm.
position.
AUDIO MANIFEST Incorrect audio software installed. The system should
Audio software mismatch,
be serviced.
communication halted.
186
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Selected course for LOC1 differs from published
localizer course by more than 10 degrees.
EIS
Selected course for LOC2 differs from published
localizer course by more than 10 degrees.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has
failed. The system should be serviced.
AFCS
COM 1 and/or COM 2 has a reduced transmission
power.
Hazard
Avoidance
COM 1 and/or COM 2 calibration version error. Check
COM calibration.
COM 1 and/or COM 2 current is low. Check COM
current.
COM 1 and/or COM 2 has an internal fault.
Flight
Management
The COM 1 and/or COM 2 has a synthesizer lock fault.
Appendix
The COM1 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the
enable (or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch
again to cycle its operation.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
Annun/Alerts
COM1 software mismatch. The system should be
serviced.
Abnormal
Operation
The COM1 configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
Additional
Features
Message
CHECK CRS – Database
course for LOC1 / [LOC ID] is
[CRS]°.
CHECK CRS – Database
course for LOC2 / [LOC ID] is
[CRS]°.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1
configuration module is
inoperative.
COM #[1, 2] INOP - CAL Check COM calibration.
COM #[1, 2] INOP - CRNT Check COM current.
COM #[1, 2] INOP - INTRL Com internal fault.
COM #[1, 2] REDUCED TX
POWER - COM synthesizer
lock fault.
COM #[1, 2] INOP - SYNTH
- COM synthesizer lock fault.
COM1 CONFIG – COM1
config error. Config service
req’d.
COM1 MANIFEST –
COM1 software mismatch,
communication halted.
COM1 PTT – COM1 push-totalk key is stuck.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
187
Message
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1
remote transfer key is stuck.
Comments
The COM1 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or
“pressed”) position. Press the transfer switch again to
cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
COM1 SERVICE – COM1
The system has detected a failure in COM1. COM1
needs service. Return unit for may still be usable. The system should be serviced
repair.
when possible.
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over
The system has detected an over temperature condition
temp. Reducing transmitter
in COM1. The transmitter operates at reduced power.
power.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
COM2 CONFIG – COM2
The COM2 configuration settings do not match backup
config error. Config service
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
req’d.
COM2 MANIFEST –
COM2 software mismatch. The system should be
COM2 software mismatch,
serviced.
communication halted.
COM2 PTT – COM2 push-to- The COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the
talk key is stuck.
enable (or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch
again to cycle its operation.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2
The COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or
remote transfer key is stuck. “pressed”) position. Press the transfer switch again to
cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
COM2 SERVICE – COM2
The system has detected a failure in COM2. COM2
needs service. Return unit for may still be usable. The system should be serviced
repair.
when possible.
COM2 TEMP – COM2 over
The system has detected an over temperature condition
temp. Reducing transmitter
in COM2. The transmitter operates at reduced power.
power.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
188
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
The copilot radios are set on mute.
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
189
Abnormal
Operation
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Additional
Features
190-02184-02 Rev. A
AFCS
The pilot profile data was lost. System reverts to
default pilot profile and settings. The pilot may
reconfigure the MFD & PFD with preferred settings, if
desired.
DB CHANGE – Database
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an
changed. Verify user modified airway that is no longer consistent with the navigation
procedures.
database. This alert is issued only after an navigation
database update. Verify that the user-modified
procedures in stored flight plans are correct and up to
date.
DB CHANGE – Database
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an
changed. Verify stored
airway that is no longer consistent with the navigation
airways.
database. This alert is issued only after an navigation
database update. Verify use of airways in stored flight
plans and reload airways as needed.
DB MISMATCH – Navigation The PFD and MFD have different navigation database
database mismatch. Xtalk
versions or regions installed. Crossfill is off. Check the
is off.
'Aux-System Status' Page to determine versions or
regions. Also, check the 'Aux-System Status' Page for
a database synchronization function not completed.
After synchronization is complete, power must be
turned off, then on.
Hazard
Avoidance
COPILOT RADIOS MUTED Copilot radios are muted.
DATA LOST – Pilot stored
data was lost. Recheck
settings.
Flight
Management
The GMA external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the
enable (or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch
again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
COPILOT SEC PTT KEYSTK Copilot secondary push-to-talk
key is stuck.
EIS
Comments
The GMA external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the
enable (or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch
again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
Flight
Instruments
Message
COPILOT PRIM PTT KEYSTK
- Copilot primary push-to-talk
key is stuck.
Message
DB MISMATCH – Standby
Navigation database
mismatch.
DB MISMATCH – Terrain
database mismatch.
DB MISMATCH – Obstacle
database mismatch.
FAILED PATH – A data path
has failed.
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight plan
waypoint is locked.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
190
Comments
The PFD and MFD have different standby navigation
database versions or regions installed. Check the
'Aux-System Status' Page to determine versions or
regions. Also, check the 'Aux-System Status' Page for
a database synchronization function not completed.
After synchronization is complete, power must be
turned off, then on.
The PFD and MFD have different terrain database
versions or regions installed. Check the 'Aux-System
Status' Page to determine versions or regions. Also,
check the 'Aux-System Status' Page for a database
synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off,
then on.
The PFD and MFD have different obstacle database
versions or regions installed. Check the 'Aux-System
Status' Page to determine versions or regions. Also,
check the Aux-System Status Page for a database
synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off,
then on.
A data path connected to the GDU or the GIA has
failed.
Upon power-up, the system detects that a stored
flight plan waypoint is locked. This occurs when an
navigation database update eliminates an obsolete
waypoint. The flight plan cannot find the specified
waypoint and flags this message. This can also occur
with user waypoints in a flight plan that is deleted.
Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no
longer exists in any database,
Or
Update the waypoint name/identifier to reflect the new
information.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
191
Flight
Management
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
190-02184-02 Rev. A
EIS
Comments
This occurs when a newly installed navigation database
eliminates an obsolete approach or arrival used by a
stored flight plan. The obsolete procedure is removed
from the flight plan. Update flight plan with current
arrival or approach.
FS510 CARD ERROR –
The multimedia card was removed from the bottom
FS510 not detected in MFD
card slot of the MFD. The multimedia card needs to be
Bottom Slot.
reinserted.
G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is
A fault has been detected in glideslope receiver 1. The
inoperative.
system should be serviced.
A fault has been detected in glideslope receiver 1. The
G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1 needs
receiver may still be available. The system should be
service. Return unit for repair.
serviced when possible.
G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is
A fault has been detected in glideslope receiver 2. The
inoperative.
system should be serviced.
A fault has been detected in glideslope receiver 2. The
G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2 needs
receiver may still be available. The system should be
service. Return unit for repair.
serviced when possible.
GCU CNFG – GCU Config
GCU configuration settings do not match those of
error. Config service req’d.
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
GCU FAIL – GCU is
A fault has been detected in the GCU. The GCU is
inoperative.
unavailable.
GCU KEYSTK – GCU [key
A key is stuck on the GCU bezel. Attempt to free the
name] Key is stuck.
stuck key by pressing it several times. The system
should be serviced if the problem persists.
GCU1 MANIFEST
The GCU has incorrect software installed. The system
– GCU software
should be serviced.
mismatch, ommunication
halted.
GDC1 MANIFEST – GDC1
The GDC has incorrect software installed. The system
software mismatch,
should be serviced.
communication halted.
Flight
Instruments
Message
FPL TRUNC – Flight plan has
been truncated.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
GDC2 MANIFEST – GDC2
software mismatch,
communication halted.
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69
config error. Config service
req’d.
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has
failed.
GDL69 MANIFEST –
GDL69 software mismatch,
communication halted.
GEA #1 INOP- CAL - Check
GEA rigging.
GEA #1 INOP - CNFG Check GEA software and
configuration.
GEA #1 CM INOP - COMM
- Check GEA config module
connection.
GEA #1 CM INOP - INTRL GEA internal fault.
GEA #1 CM INOP - SENS Check GEA configuration.
Comments
The GDC has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GDL 69A SXM configuration settings do not match
those of backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
A fault has been detected in the GDL 69A SXM. The
receiver is unavailable. The system should be serviced.
The GDL 69A SXM has incorrect software installed.
The system should be serviced.
There is a problem with the GEA 1 rigging. Check the
rigging.
There is a problem with the GEA 1 software
configuration. Check the configuration. If the problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
There is a problem with the GEA 1 config module
connection. Check the connection.
GEA 1 has an internal fault. The system should be
serviced.
There is an error in the GEA 1 configuration. Check
the configuration. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
The GEA 1 configuration module has insufficient
cooling. If the problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
The GEA 1 voltage is low. Check GEA voltages.
GEA #1 CM INOP - TEMP
- Check GEA config module
cooling.
GEA #1 CM INOP - VOLT Check GEA voltages.
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1 config The GEA1 configuration settings do not match those of
error. Config service req’d.
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
192
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
The #1 GEA has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
Flight
Instruments
EIS
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved
AHRS operation. Heading is flagged as invalid.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain settings
are incorrect.
AFCS
GIA 1 and/or GIA 2 current is low. The current should
be checked.
GIA 1 and/or GIA 2 is reporting an over-temperature
condition.
Loss of GIA 1 and/or GIA 2 serial communication.
Check GIA serial communication.
Hazard
Avoidance
Additional
Features
GIA 1 and/or GIA 2 low voltage. Check voltage.
The digital audio controller has incorrect software
installed. The system should be serviced.
Abnormal
Operation
Appendix
The audio panel configuration settings do not match
backup configuration memory. The system should be
serviced.
The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The
audio panel is unavailable. The system should be
serviced.
Annun/Alerts
Message
GEA1 MANIFEST – GEA1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too
far North/South, no magnetic
compass.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS2 too
far North/South, no magnetic
compass.
GFC MANIFEST – GFC
software mismatch,
communication halted.
GIA #[1, 2] INOP - CRNT Check GIA current.
GIA #[1, 2] OVER TEMP Check GIA temperature.
GIA #[1, 2] INOP SERIAL - Check GIA serial
communication.
GIA #[1, 2] INOP - VOLT Check GIA voltage.
GMA1 AUX MANIFEST
– GMA 1 AUX software
mismatch, communication
halted.
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1
config error. Config service
req’d.
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is
inoperative.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
193
Message
GMA1 MANIFEST –
GMA1 software mismatch,
communication halted.
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1
needs service. Return unit for
repair.
GMU1 MANIFEST –
GMU1 software mismatch,
communication halted.
GMC CONFIG – GMC Config
error. Config service req’d.
GMC KEYSTK – GCU [key
name] Key is stuck.
GMC MANIFEST
– GMC software
mismatch, communication
halted.
GPS #[1, 2] INSPECT RQRD BATT - Check GPS battery.
GPS #[1, 2] INSPECT INOP CAL - Check GPS battery.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of
GPS navigation. Insufficient
satellites.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Position error.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. GPS fail.
Comments
The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in
the unit. Certain audio functions may still be available,
and the audio panel may still be usable. The system
should be serviced when possible.
The GMU has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
Error in the configuration of the GMC.
A key is stuck on the GMC bezel. Attempt to free
the stuck key by pressing it several times. The system
should be serviced if the problem persists.
The GMC has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
The GPS battery needs to be checked.
GPS 1 and/or GPS 2 calibration version error. Check
GPS calibration.
Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites.
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS fault.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
194
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
The AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
Hazard
Avoidance
The GTS and GDU have different copies of the GTS
configuration, or the Mode S address is invalid. The
system should be serviced.
The GTS has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
Flight
Management
AFCS
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The
system should be serviced.
Appendix
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Annun/Alerts
A GIA mismatch has been detected; only one is SBAS
capable.
Abnormal
Operation
A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU 44. Heading is
flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses GPS for backup
mode operation. The system should be serviced.
A fault has occurred in the #2 GMU 44. Heading is
flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses GPS for backup
mode operation. The system should be serviced.
Expect Further Clearance (EFC) time has expired for the
User Defined Hold.
Additional
Features
190-02184-02 Rev. A
A fault has been detected in the GSR 56. The
transceiver is unavailable. The system should be
serviced.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
GTS MANIFEST – GTS
software mismatch,
communication halted.
GTX1 MANIFEST – GTX1
software mismatch,
communication halted.
HDG FAULT – AHRS1
magnetometer fault has
occurred.
HDG FAULT – AHRS2
magnetometer fault has
occurred.
HOLD EXPIRED – Holding
EFC time expired.
HW MISMATCH – GIA
hardware mismatch. GIA1
communication halted.
HW MISMATCH – GIA
hardware mismatch. GIA2
communication halted.
A fault has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2
receiver. The receiver may still be available. The system
should be serviced.
EIS
GRS2 MANIFEST – GRS2
software mismatch,
communication halted.
GTS CONFIG – GTS Config
error. Config service req'd.
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
GSR2 FAIL – GSR2 has failed.
195
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside
airspace.
LOCKED FPL – Cannot
navigate locked flight plan.
LOI – GPS integrity lost.
Crosscheck with other NAVS.
MANIFEST – MFD1 software
mismatch. Communication
halted.
MANIFEST – PFD1 software
mismatch. Communication
halted.
MFD SOFTWARE – MFD
mismatch, communication
halted.
MFD TERRAIN DSP – MFD
Terrain awareness display
unavailable.
MFD1 BACKLIGHT
CALIBRATION – MFD1
calibration. Return for repair.
MFD1 CARD 1 ERR – Card 1
is invalid.
MFD1 CARD 1 REM – Card 1
was removed. Reinsert card.
MFD1 CARD 2 ERR – Card 2
is invalid.
MFD1 CARD 2 REM – Card 2
was removed. Reinsert card.
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1
config error. Config service
req’d.
196
Comments
The aircraft is inside the airspace.
This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a stored
flight plan that contains locked waypoint. Remove
locked waypoint from flight plan. Update flight plan
with current waypoint.
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of
flight.
The MFD has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
The PFD has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
The specified GDU has different software versions
installed. The system should be serviced.
One of the terrain or obstacle databases required for
TAWS in the specified GDU is missing or invalid.
The specified GDU’s backlight calibration cannot be
found or is invalid. The system should be serviced.
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified MFD
contains invalid data.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the
specified MFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified
MFD contains invalid data.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of
the specified MFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
The MFD configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
The MFD detected a failure in more than one database.
If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
The specified GDU has a heater current error. The
system should be serviced.
AFCS
The internal memory of the specified GDU is unstable.
The system should be serviced.
Hazard
Avoidance
The specified GDU has insufficient voltage. The system
should be serviced.
Flight
Management
The MFD detected a failure in the obstacle database.
Reload databases with new data card. If problem
persists, delete databases and reload with a new card.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but
is missing on the specified LRU.
The MFD detected a failure in the terrain database.
Reload databases with new data card. If problem
persists, delete databases and reload with a new card.
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is
missing on the specified LRU.
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is
missing on the specified LRU.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
The specified GDU has reduced backlight levels. The
system should be serviced.
Appendix
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
terrain database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
terrain database missing.
MFD1 INOP - DISABLE
DISPLAY - Check Disable
Display Input Wiring
MFD1 INOP - ECC ERROR
- Internal memory unstable needs repair.
MFD1 INOP - HTR CRNT Heater Current Error.
MFD1 INOP - LED STR
FAULT - Reduced backlight
level - needs repair.
MFD1 INOP - TEMP - Check
external cooling fans.
EIS
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
obstacle database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
terrain database error exists.
Comments
The MFD is overheating and is reducing power
consumption by dimming the display. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
Flight
Instruments
Message
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1
has poor cooling. Reducing
power usage.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
multiple database errors
exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1
obstacle database error exists.
The specified GDU is over-temperature. The system
should be serviced.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
197
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
MFD1 INSPECT RQRD –
BTM SD - Bottom SD Card
Unstable - Install new card.
MFD1 INSPECT RQRD INTERN SD – Internal Micro
SD Unstable - Install new
card.
MFD1 INSPECT RQRD – TOP
SD - Top SD Card Unstable Install new card.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1
needs service. Return unit for
repair.
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD1 [key
name] is stuck.
Comments
The bottom SD card is unstable and should be
replaced.
The internal SD card is unstable and should be
replaced.
The top SD card is unstable and should be replaced.
The MFD self-test has detected a problem. The system
should be serviced.
A key is stuck on the MFD bezel. Attempt to free the
stuck key by pressing it several times. The system
should be serviced if the problem persists.
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1 has
The MFD voltage is low. The system should be
low voltage. Reducing power
serviced.
usage
NAV #[1, 2] INOP - CAL NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 calibration version error. Check
Check COM calibration.
COM calibration.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP - CRNT - NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 current is low. Check COM
Check COM current.
current.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP - INTRL - NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 has an internal fault.
Com internal fault.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP Loss of NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 serial communication.
SERIAL - Check NAV serial
Check NAV serial communication.
communication.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP - SYNTH NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 has a synthesizer lock fault.
LOCK - COM synthesiser lock
fault.
NAV1 MANIFEST – NAV1
NAV1 software mismatch. The system should be
software mismatch,
serviced.
communication halted.
198
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Comments
The remote NAV1 transfer switch is stuck in the
enabled (or “pressed”) state. Press the transfer switch
again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1
A failure has been detected in the NAV1 receiver. The
needs service. Return unit for receiver may still be available. The system should be
repair.
serviced.
NAV2 MANIFEST – NAV2
NAV2 software mismatch. The system should be
software mismatch,
serviced.
communication halted.
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2
The remote NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the
remote transfer key is stuck. enabled (or “pressed”) state. Press the transfer switch
again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2
A failure has been detected in the NAV2 receiver. The
needs service. Return unit for receiver may still be available. The system should be
repair.
serviced.
NON-MAG UNITS– NonNavigation angle is not set to MAGNETIC at power-up.
magnetic NAV ANGLE display
units are active.
NO RUNWAY POSITION
Inhibit SurfaceWatch.
DATA – Inhibit SurfaceWatch.
No runway position data.
NON WGS84 WPT – Do not The position of the selected waypoint [xxxx] is not
use GPS navigation to [xxxx]. calculated based on the WGS84 map reference datum
and may be positioned in error as displayed. Do not
use GPS to navigate to the selected non-WGS84
waypoint.
PFD1 BACKLIGHT
The PFD1 backlight calibration cannot be found or is
CALIBRATION – PFD1
invalid. The system should be serviced.
calibration lost. Return for
repair.
Flight
Instruments
Message
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1
remote transfer key is stuck.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
199
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 config
error. Config service req’d.
PFD1 CARD 1 ERR – Card 1
is invalid.
PFD1 CARD 1 REM – Card 1
was removed. Reinsert card.
PFD1 CARD 2 ERR – Card 2
is invalid.
PFD1 CARD 2 REM – Card 2
was removed. Reinsert card.
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1
has poor cooling. Reducing
power usage.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2
multiple database errors
exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2
obstacle database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD2
obstacle database missing.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain
database missing.
PFD1 INOP - DISABLE
DISPLAY - Check Disable
Display Input Wiring
PFD1 INOP - ECC ERROR
- Internal memory unstable needs repair.
200
Comments
The PFD configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified PFD
contains invalid data.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the
specified PFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified
PFD contains invalid data.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of
the specified PFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
The PFD is overheating and is reducing power
consumption by dimming the display. If problem
persists, the system should be serviced.
The PFD detected a failure in more than one database.
Reload databases with new data card. If problem
persists, delete databases and reload with a new card.
The PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database.
Reload databases with new data card. If problem
persists, delete databases and reload with a new card.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but
is missing on the specified LRU.
The PFD detected a failure in the terrain database.
Reload databases with new data card. If problem
persists, delete databases and reload with a new card.
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is
missing on the specified LRU.
The specified GDU has insufficient voltage. The system
should be serviced.
The internal memory of the specified GDU is unstable.
The system should be serviced.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
The specified GDU has a heater current error. The
system should be serviced.
Flight
Instruments
The specified GDU has reduced backlight levels. The
system should be serviced.
EIS
The specified GDU is over-temperature. The system
should be serviced.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
The bottom SD card is unstable and should be
replaced.
Flight
Management
The internal SD card is unstable and should be
replaced.
Hazard
Avoidance
The top SD card is unstable and should be replaced.
AFCS
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
A key is stuck on the PFD bezel. Attempt to free the
stuck key by pressing it several times. The system
should be serviced if the problem persists.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD2 needs The PFD self-test has detected a problem. The system
service. Return unit for repair. should be serviced.
PFD1 TERRAIN DSP – PFD1 One of the terrain or obstacle databases required for
Terrain awareness display
TAWS in PFD1 is missing or invalid.
unavailable.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD2 has
The PFD2 voltage is low. The system should be
low voltage. Reducing power
serviced.
usage
Additional
Features
Message
PFD1 INOP - HTR CRNT Heater Current Error.
PFD1 INOP - LED STR FAULT
- Reduced backlight level needs repair.
PFD1 INOP - TEMP - Check
external cooling fans.
PFD1 INSPECT RQRD –
BTM SD - Bottom SD Card
Unstable - Install new card.
PFD1 INSPECT RQRD INTERN SD – Internal Micro
SD Unstable - Install new
card.
PFD1 INSPECT RQRD – TOP
SD - Top SD Card Unstable Install new card.
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key
name] is stuck.
Appendix
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
201
Message
PILOT PRIM PTT KEYSTK Pilot primary push-to-talk key
is stuck.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
The GMA external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the
enable (or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch
again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
PILOT SEC PTT KEYSTK The GMA external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the
Pilot secondary push-to-talk key enable (or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch
is stuck.
again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
PILOT RADIOS MUTED –
Pilot radios are muted.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: bad geometry.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: invalid leg type.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: past IAF.
REGISTER CONNEXT – Data
services are inoperative,
register w/Connext.
SCHEDULER [#] –
<message>.
SLCT FREQ – Select
appropriate frequency for
approach.
SLCT NAV – Select NAV on
CDI for approach.
The pilot radios are set on mute.
Bad parallel track geometry.
Invalid leg type for parallel offset.
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
The system is not registered with Garmin Connext or
its current registration data has failed authentication.
Message criteria entered by the user.
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach
frequency for the appropriate NAV receiver. Select the
correct frequency for the approach.
The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the
correct NAV receiver. Set the CDI to the correct NAV
receiver.
STEEP TURN – Steep turn
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
ahead.
STRMSCP FAIL – Stormscope
Stormscope has failed. The system should be serviced.
has failed.
202
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
The MFD and PFD have different software versions
installed. The system should be serviced.
Flight
Management
Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not
within the boundaries of the installed terrain database.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database
of sufficient resolution (4.9 arc-second or better) is not
currently installed.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to an invalid
audio configuration.
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to invalid
configurable alerts.
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to one or
more invalid inputs.
The SurfaceWatch system has been inhibited.
EIS
The system configuration has changed unexpectedly.
The system should be serviced.
Annun/Alerts
Terrain audio alerts are not configured properly. The
system should be serviced
Abnormal
Operation
The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired.
The system is no longer receiving data from the traffic
system. The traffic device should be serviced.
Appendix
SW MISMATCH – GDU
software version mismatch.
Xtalk is off.
SYSTEM CONFIG – SYSTEM
config error. Config service
req’d.
TERRAIN AUD CFG – Trn
Awareness audio config error.
Service req’d.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer has
expired.
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic device
has failed.
Comments
The SurfaceWatch system has been disabled.
Flight
Instruments
Message
SURFACEWATCH
DISABLED - Too fa r north/
south.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL Invalid audio configuration.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL Invalid configurable alerts.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL One or more inputs invalid.
SURFACEWATCH
INHIBITED - Surfacewatch
inhibited.
SVT DISABLED – Out of
available terrain region.
SVT DISABLED – Terrain DB
resolution too low.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
203
Message
TRN AUD FAIL – Trn
Awareness audio source
unavailable.
UNABLE V WPT – Can’t reach
current vertical waypoint.
Comments
The audio source for terrain awareness is offline.
Check GIA1 or GIA 2.
The current vertical waypoint can not be reached
within the maximum flight path angle and vertical
speed constraints. The system automatically transitions
to the next vertical waypoint.
VNV – Unavailable.
The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn, vector,
Unsupported leg type in flight or other unsupported leg type prior to the active
plan.
vertical waypoint. This prevents vertical guidance to
the active vertical waypoint.
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing
crosstrack error.
vertical deviation to go invalid.
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing
track angle error.
the vertical deviation to go invalid.
VNV – Unavailable. Parallel A parallel course has been selected, causing the
course selected.
vertical deviation to go invalid.
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving at
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the
waypoint -[xxxx]
waypoint name.
XPDR1 ADS-B 1090 –
Datalinik: ADS-B 1090
A failure has been detected in the 1090 receiver.
receiver has failed.
XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL –
ADS-B is inoperative. The transponder may not be
Transponder: XPDR1 is unable receiving a valid GPS position. Other transponder
to transmit ADS-B messages. functions may be available. Service when possible.
XPDR1 ADS-B NO POS –
The transponder is not able to receive position
Transponder: ADS-B is not
information.
transmitting position.
XPDR1 ADS-B TRFC –
The Transponder is incapable of processing traffic
Transponder: ADS-B traffic has
information.
failed
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
204
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
A failure has been detected in the UAT receiver.
ADS-B Conflict Situational Awareness (CSA) is
unavailable.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
The transponder configuration settings do not match
those of backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
EIS
Flight
Management
There is no communication with the #1 transponder.
AFCS
The transponder is unable to receive ADS-B
information.
The transponder is unable to receive FIS-B weather
information.
The system has detected an over temperature condition
in XPDR1. The transmitter operates at reduced power.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
Hazard
Avoidance
Additional
Features
Unable to provide pressure altitude information.
The #1 transponder should be serviced when possible.
Annun/Alerts
The system has detected an under temperature
condition in XPDR1. The transmitter operates at
reduced power. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
Abnormal
Operation
The MFD and PFD are not communicating with each
other. The system should be serviced.
Appendix
XTALK ERROR – A flight
display crosstalk error has
occurred.
Comments
Flight
Instruments
Message
XPDR1 ADS-B UAT –
Datalink: ADS-B in UAT
receiver has failed.
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1
config error. Config service
req’d.
XPDR1 CSA FAIL - Traffic:
ADS-B In traffic alerting has
failed.
XPDR1 FAIL – XPDR1 is
inoperative.
XPDR1 FAULT – Datalink:
ADSB-B in has failed.
XPDR1 FIS-B WX – Datalink:
FIS-B Weather has failed.
XPDR1 OVER TEMP Transponder: Transponder over
temp.
XPDR1 PRES ALT –
Transponder: ADS-B no
pressure altitude.
XPDR1 SRVC – XPDR1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
XPDR1 UNDER TEMP Transponder: Transponder under
temp.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
205
TERRAIN ALERTS
TERRAIN-SVT ALERTS
Alert Type
PFD/MFD* Alert
Annunciation
MFD
Pop-Up Alert (except
Terrain-SVT Page)
Voice Alert
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Warning (RTC)
TERRAIN
WARNING - TERRAIN
“Warning; Terrain,
Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact
Warning (ITI)
TERRAIN
WARNING - TERRAIN
“Warning; Terrain,
Terrain”
Reduced Required
Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
TERRAIN
WARNING - OBSTACLE
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
TERRAIN
WARNING - OBSTACLE
“Warning; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
Reduced Required Line
Clearance Warning (RLC)
TERRAIN
WARNING - WIRE
“Warning; Wire,
Wire”
Imminent Line Impact
Warning (ILI)
TERRAIN
WARNING - WIRE
“Warning; Wire,
Wire”
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Caution (RTC)
TERRAIN
CAUTION - TERRAIN
“Caution; Terrain,
Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact
Caution (ITI)
TERRAIN
CAUTION - TERRAIN
“Caution; Terrain,
Terrain”
Reduced Required
Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
TERRAIN
CAUTION - OBSTACLE
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
TERRAIN
CAUTION - OBSTACLE
“Caution; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
Imminent Terrain Impact
Caution (ILI)
TERRAIN
CAUTION - WIRE
“Caution; Wire,
Wire”
Required Reduced
Line Clearance Impact
Caution (RLCI)
TERRAIN
CAUTION - WIRE
“Caution; Wire,
Wire”
“Warning; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
“Caution; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
* Annunciation is displayed on the MFD when terrain display is enabled.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
206
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
TERRAIN-SVT SYSTEM STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
None
None
None
“Terrain System
Test OK”
Terrain Alerting Inhibited
TER INH
None
None
No GPS position
TER N/A
NO GPS POSITION
“Terrain System
Not Available”*
Excessively degraded GPS
signal; or Out of database
coverage area
TER N/A
None
“Terrain System
Not Available”*
Terrain System Test Fail;
Terrain or Obstacle
database unavailable or
invalid; Invalid software
configuration; or System
audio fault
TER FAIL
TERRAIN FAIL
“Terrain System
Failure”
System Test Pass
PFD/TAWS-B
Page Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up Alert (except
TAWS-B Page)
Voice Alert
Excessive Descent Rate
Warning (EDR)
PULL UP
PULL-UP
“Pull Up”
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
PULL UP
TERRAIN - PULL-UP
“Terrain, Terrain;
Pull Up, Pull Up”
Imminent Line Impact
Warning (ILI)
PULL UP
WIRE AHEAD - PULL-UP
“Wire Ahead; Pull
Up, Pull Up”
207
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Appendix
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annun/Alerts
Alert Type
Abnormal
Operation
TAWS-B ALERTS
Additional
Features
MFD Terrain or Obstacle
database unavailable or
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
invalid, and Terrain-SVT
None
None
operating with PFD Terrain
or Obstacle databases
† Annunciation is shown on Terrain-SVT Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is enabled.
* “Terrain System Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain database
coverage area re-entered.
AFCS
TERRAIN TEST
Hazard
Avoidance
TER TEST
System Test in Progress
Flight
Management
Voice Alert
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Terrain-SVT Page Center
Banner Annunciation
EIS
PFD/MFD† Alert
Annunciation
Alert Type
Annunciations & Alerts
PFD/TAWS-B
Page Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up Alert (except
TAWS-B Page)
Voice Alert
Reduced Required LIne
Clearance Warning
(RLC)
PULL UP
WARNING - WIRE
“Wire, Wire; Pull
Up, Pull Up”
Imminent Terrain
Impact Warning (ITI)
PULL UP
TERRAIN AHEAD - PULL-UP
“Terrain Ahead,
Pull Up; Terrain
Ahead, Pull Up”
Reduced Required
Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
PULL UP
OBSTACLE - PULL-UP
“Obstacle,
Obstacle; Pull Up,
Pull Up”
Imminent Obstacle
Impact Warning (IOI)
PULL UP
OBSTACLE AHEAD - PULL-UP
“Obstacle Ahead,
Pull Up; Obstacle
Ahead, Pull Up”
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
TERRAIN
CAUTION - TERRAIN
“Caution, Terrain;
Caution, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain
Impact Caution (ITI)
TERRAIN
TERRAIN AHEAD
“Terrain Ahead;
Terrain Ahead”
Required Reduced
Line Clearance Impact
Caution (RLC)
TERRAIN
CAUTION - WIRE
“Caution, Wire;
Caution, Wire”
Imminent Line
Clearance Impact
Caution (ILI)
TERRAIN
WIRE AHEAD
“Wire Ahead;
Wire Ahead”
Reduced Required
Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
TERRAIN
CAUTION - OBSTACLE
“Caution,
Obstacle; Caution,
Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle
Impact Caution (IOI)
TERRAIN
OBSTACLE AHEAD
“Obstacle Ahead;
Obstacle Ahead”
Premature Descent
Alert Caution (PDA)
TERRAIN
TOO LOW - TERRAIN
“Too Low,
Terrain”
Altitude Voice Callout
(VCO) “500”
None
None
“Five-Hundred”
Excessive Descent Rate
Caution (EDR)
TERRAIN
SINK RATE
“Sink Rate”
Negative Climb Rate
Caution (NCR)
TERRAIN
DONT SINK
“Don’t Sink”
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Alert Type
208
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
None
None
None
“TAWS System
Test OK”
TAWS-B FLTA Alerting
Inhibited
TAWS INH
None
None
No GPS position
TAWS N/A
NO GPS POSITION
“TAWS Not
Available”*
Excessively degraded GPS
signal; or Out of database
coverage area
TAWS N/A
None
“TAWS Not
Available”*
TAWS-B System Test Fail;
Terrain or Obstacle database
unavailable or invalid; Invalid
software configuration; or
System audio fault
TAWS FAIL
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System
Failure”
MFD Terrain or Obstacle
database unavailable or
invalid. TAWS operating
with PFD Terrain or Obstacle
databases
None
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
System Test pass
AFCS
TAWS TEST
Hazard
Avoidance
TAWS TEST
System Test in progress
Flight
Management
Voice Alert
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
TAWS-B Page Center
Banner Annunciation
EIS
PFD/MFD Alert
Annunciation†
Alert Type
Flight
Instruments
TAWS-B SYSTEM STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
† Annunciation is shown on TAWS-B Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is enabled.
* “TAWS Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain database
coverage area re-entered.
TRAFFIC ALERTS
TAS TRAFFIC MODES
Operating
Traffic Display Status Icon
(Other Maps)
TEST
Appendix
Traffic System Test
Initiated
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
Annun/Alerts
Mode
(‘TEST MODE’ shown in center of page))
OPERATING
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
209
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Traffic System
Failed*
Traffic Map Page
Center Annunciation
NO DATA
DATA FAILED
FAILED
Description
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the unit is self-reporting
a failure
Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit
TAS TRAFFIC STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
Description
TA OFF SCALE
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*. Annunciation
is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range.
TA X.X ± XX ↕
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**.
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds
of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending).
Additional
Features
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
FAIL
TAS FAILURE ANNUNCIATIONS
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
(also shown in white in center of page)
TRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATA
TAS unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or sending
incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
GTS 800 TRAFFIC ADVISORY SYSTEM VOICE ALERTS
Voice Alert
Alert Trigger
“TAS System Test Passed"
The traffic system has passed a pilot-initiated system test.
“TAS System Test Failed"
The traffic system has failed a pilot-initiated system test.
“Traffic”
Index
Appendix
Traffic Display Status Icon
(Other Maps)
STANDBY
Standby
AFCS
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
Mode
210
Issued each time a new traffic advisory (TA) occurs.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Instruments
GARMIN DESCRIPTIVE TAS VOICE ALERTS
Relative Altitude
Distance (nm)
“One o’clock” through
“Twelve o’clock”
or “No Bearing”
“High”, “Low”, “Same Altitude”
(if within 200 feet of own altitude),
or “Altitude not available”
“Less than one mile”,
“One Mile” through “Ten
Miles”, or “More than ten
miles”
ADS-B System Test
Initiated
ADS-B: TEST
TEST MODE
ADS-B Operating in
Airborne Mode
ADS-B: AIRB
None
ADS-B Operating in
Surface Mode
ADS-B: SURF
None
ABS-B Traffic Off
ADS-B: OFF
ADS-B TRFC OFF
ADS-B Traffic Not
Available
ADS-B: N/A
ADS-B TRFC N/A
ADS-B Failed*
ADS-B: FAIL
ADS-B TRFC FAIL
Traffic Display
Status Icon
(Other Maps)
Hazard
Avoidance
Traffic Map Page
Center Banner
Annunciation
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
See the following table for additional failure annunciations
ADS-B Ground Station Reception Status
Flight
Management
Traffic Mode
Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
ADS-B Mode
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
ADS-B TRAFFIC MODES
EIS
Bearing
Traffic Map Pane Icon
Annun/Alerts
Receiving ADS-B traffic services from a ground station
Not receiving ADS-B traffic services from a ground station
Appendix
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
211
ADS-B TRAFFIC FAILURE ANNUNCIATIONS
Traffic Map Page
Center Annunciation
NO DATA
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
DATA FAILED
FAILED
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
Data is being received from the traffic unit, but the unit is selfreporting a failure
Incorrect data format received from the traffic unit
ADS-B TRAFFIC STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
Hazard
Avoidance
TA OFF SCALE
AFCS
TA X.X ± XX ↕
TRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATA
Description
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*.
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected
display range.
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**.
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds
of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending).
Traffic unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or sending
incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Description
212
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Annunciations & Alerts
Traffic
Application
Status: Airborne
(AIRB), Surface
(SURF), Airborne
Alerts (CSA)
On
Description
Traffic application is currently on. Required input data is available, and it meets performance requirements.
Traffic application is not currently active, but application is ready
to run when condition(s) determine the application should be
active. Required input data is available, and it meets performance
requirements.
Not Available
Traffic application is not available. Required input data is available, but it does not meet performance requirements.
Fault
Flight
Management
Available to
Run
Traffic application is not available. Required input data is not
available or the application has failed.
The system is not receiving the ADS-R coverage from an FAA
ground station.
---------------
ADS-R coverage is invalid or unknown.
External #1
The GTX 345R is using the #1 GPS receiver for the GPS position
source.
External #2
The GTX 345R is using the #2 GPS receiver for the GPS position
source.
The GPS source is invalid or unknown.
Annun/Alerts
Number of min- Displays the number of minutes since the last uplink from a
utes, or ‘------’ ground station occurred. If no uplink has been received, or the
status is invalid, dashes appear instead of a number of minutes.
Abnormal
Operation
Not Available
--------Ground Uplink
Status: Last
Uplink
The system is receiving the ADS-R coverage from an FAA ground
station.
Additional
Features
GPS Status: GPS
Source
Available
AFCS
TIS-B/ADS-R
Coverage
Traffic application status is invalid or unknown.
Hazard
Avoidance
Not Configured Traffic application is not available, because it has not been configured. If this annunciation persists, the system should be serviced.
----------------
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Status
Message
EIS
ADS-B Status
Page Item
Flight
Instruments
‘AUX-ADS-B STATUS’ PAGE MESSAGES
Appendix
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
213
‘AUX - ADS-B STATUS’ PAGE MESSAGES FOR FIS-B WEATHER
ADS-B Status Page
Item
FIS-B Weather Status:
FIS-B Processing
Status
Message
Enabled
The FIS-B weather feature is enabled to process and display
FIS-B weather products.
Disabled
The FIS-B weather feature is disabled.
---------------Weather Products:
AIRMET
CONUS NEXRAD
METAR
METAR Graphical
NOTAM/TFR
PIREP
Regional NEXRAD
SIGMET
TAF
Winds/Temp Aloft
Description
Available
Not Available
No FIS-B weather data received from the transponder.
FIS-B weather data is available for display for the weather
product.
FIS-B weather data is not available for the weather product,
and/or the system is not receiving the FIS-B weather service.
The system is receiving the FIS-B weather service, and is
Awaiting Data waiting to receive the weather product from the FIS-B data
broadcast.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
214
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
APPENDIX
SOFTKEYS
Softkey On
Softkey Subdued
Softkey Names (displayed)
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Bezel-Mounted Softkeys (press)
Softkeys (First-Level PFD Configuration)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Map/HSI
Level 4 Description
Displays the PFD Map display settings softkeys.
Displays the PFD Map selection softkeys.
Map Off
Removes the PFD map from display (Inset, HSI,
or Traffic).
Displays the Inset Map.
HSI Map
Displays the HSI Map.
Inset Trfc
Replaces the PFD Map with a dedicated traffic
display.
HSI Trfc
Replaces the HSI Map with a dedicated traffic
display.
AFCS
Inset Map
TER
Displays relative terrain information on the PFD
Map.
215
Index
Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines,
terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation scale on
PFD Map.
Appendix
Topo
Annun/Alerts
Traffic
-- All (No Declutter): All map features
visible
-- Detail 3: Declutters land data
-- Detail 2: Declutters land and SUA data
-- Detail 1: Removes everything except for
the active flight plan
Displays traffic information on PFD Map.
Abnormal
Operation
Selects desired amount of map detail:
Additional
Features
Detail
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Hazard
Avoidance
Layout
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Flight
Management
PFD SOFTKEYS
Level 1
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Level 2
Displays weather and coverage on PFD Map.
NEXRAD
Displays XM NEXRAD weather and coverage
on PFD Map (subscription optional).
METAR
Displays METAR information on Inset Map
(subscription optional).
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Level 4 Description
WX LGND
Lightning
Adds/removes the display of SiriusXM or
Connext lightning information (based on data
link weather source selection) on the PFD Map.
LTNG Off
Disables lightning function on PFD Map.
The softkey annunciator is green when the
lightning function is off.
Datalink
Selects the data link weather source for the
PFD Map.
STRMSCP
Adds or removes the display of Stormscope
information on the PFD Map. The softkey
annunciator is green when the function is on.
TFC Map
Replaces the PFD Map with a dedicated traffic
display.
PFD Opt
Displays second-level softkeys for additional
PFD options.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Level 3
SVT
Displays additional SVT overlay softkeys.
Abnormal
Operation
Pathways
HDG LBL
Displays compass heading along the Zero-Pitch
line.
Annun/Alerts
Enables synthetic terrain depiction.
APT Sign
Displays position markers for airports within
approximately 15 nm of the current aircraft
position. Airport identifiers are displayed when
the airport is within approximately 9 nm.
Appendix
Terrain
Displays Pathway Boxes on the Synthetic Vision
Display.
FPA Ref
Displays the FPA reference line on the SVT
pitch ladder at the selected angle.
Index
Wire
216
Displays power lines on the Synthetic Vision
Display.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Appendix
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4 Description
AOA
Selects the display mode of the AOA Indicator
(optional)
Wind information not displayed.
Wind direction arrow with direction and speed.
Option 2
Wind direction arrows with headwind and
crosswind components.
DME
Displays ‘DME Information’ Window.
Bearing 1
AFCS
Cycles the ‘Bearing 1 Information’ Window
through NAV1, NAV2, GPS/waypoint ID and
GPS-derived distance, and Off.
Sensors
Displays ADC selection softkeys.
Selects the #1 ADC.
ADC2
Selects the #2 ADC (optional).
Displays the AHRS selection softkeys.
Selects the #1 AHRS.
AHRS2
Selects the #2 AHRS (optional).
ALT Units
Displays softkeys to select altitude unit
parameters.
Appendix
Cycles the ‘Bearing 2 Information’ Window
through NAV1, NAV2, GPS/waypoint ID and
GPS-derived distance, and Off (optional).
Annun/Alerts
AHRS1
Bearing 2
When enabled, displays altimeter in meters.
Press to display the BARO setting as inches of
mercury.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
217
Index
IN
Abnormal
Operation
ADC1
AHRS
Meters
Additional
Features
Displays the sensor selection softkeys.
ADC
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Hazard
Avoidance
Option 1
Flight
Management
Off
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Wind
EIS
-- Off: Disables the display of the AOA
Indicator on the PFD.
-- Auto: Enables automatic display of the
AOA Indicator on the PFD when the
angle of attack is ≥ 0.2, or when flaps
are extended.
-- On: Enables the display of the AOA
Indicator on the PFD.
Displays the wind option softkeys.
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
HPA
STD Baro
EIS
Sets barometric pressure to 29.92 in Hg (1013
hPa if metric units are selected).
CDI
Cycles through GPS, NAV1, and NAV2
navigation modes on the CDI.
DME
Displays the ‘DME Tuning’ Window, allowing
tuning and selection of the DME (optional).
XPDR
Displays the transponder selection softkeys.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Selects OBS mode on the CDI when navigating
by GPS (only available with active leg). When
OBS is on, the softkey annunciator is green.
Standby
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Press to display the BARO setting as
hectopascals.
OBS
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Level 4 Description
Selects transponder Standby Mode
(transponder does not reply to any
interrogations).
On
Activates transponder (transponder replies to
identification interrogations).
ALT
Altitude Reporting Mode (transponder replies
to identification and altitude interrogations).
VFR
Automatically enters the VFR code (1200 in
the U.S.A. only).
Code
Displays transponder code selection softkeys
0-7.
0-7
Use numbers to enter code.
Ident
Activates the Special Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
BKSP
Removes numbers entered, one at a time.
Ident
Activates the Special Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
TMR/REF
Displays ‘References’ Window to access the Timer,
Vspeeds, Minimums, and Position.
Nearest
Displays ‘Nearest Airports’ Window.
218
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Appendix
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Engine
Flight
Instruments
MFD SOFTKEYS
Description
Anti-Ice
EIS
Displays ‘EIS - Engine’ Page and second-level engine
softkeys; select again to exit page (see the EIS Section for
more information).
Displays Anti-Ice Softkeys.
Auto
Selects Auto Tank Mode.
Right
Selects manual mode and opens the right tank valve and
closes the left tank valve.
Declutters the ‘Engine Temperatures’ Box removing bars and
temperatures readouts.
Assist
Identifies temperature peaks.
Fuel-W&B
Hazard
Avoidance
DCLTR
Displays ‘Initial Usable Fuel’ Page and softkeys.
Resets initial usable fuel to full.
Tabs
Resets initial usable fuel to tabs.
Undo
Rejects the last entry and resets to the previous entry.
W&B
Saves the usable fuel amount shown on the ‘Initial Usable
Fuel’ Page and displays the ‘Aux - Weight and Balance’ Page.
AFCS
Full
Displays second level Map Options softkeys.
Displays traffic information on ‘Navigation - Map’ Page.
Inset
Displays inset window second level softkeys.
Off
Abnormal
Operation
Traffic
Removes the inset window from ‘Navigation Map’ Page.
Annun/Alerts
FPL PROG Displays ‘Flight Plan Progress’ Window.
Displays VSD inset on ‘Navigation Map’ Page. The softkey
annunciator is green when the VSD is displayed.
VSD
Selects VSD profile information to display:
Auto: Automatically displays either VSD profile information
for active flight plan information or along current track
with no active flight plan.
FPL: Displays VSD profile information for active flight plan.
TRK: Displays VSD profile information along current track.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
219
Index
VSD
Appendix
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
Map Opt
Flight
Management
Selects manual mode and opens the left tank valve and
closes the right tank valve.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Left
Level 1
Level 2
TER
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Flight
Management
AWY
Hazard
Avoidance
STRMSCP
NEXRAD
or
PRECIP
Description
Displays terrain on the map; cycles through the following:
-- Off: No terrain information shown on MFD Map.
-- Topo: Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines,
terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation scale on MFD Map.
-- REL: Displays relative terrain information on the MFD
Map.
Displays airways on the map; cycles through the following:
-- Off: No airways are displayed.
-- On: All airways are displayed.
-- LO: Only low altitude airways are displayed.
-- HI: Only high altitude airways are displayed.
Displays Stormscope information on ‘Navigation Map’ Page
(optional).
Displays XM NEXRAD weather and coverage on ‘Navigation
Map’ Page (optional).
AFCS
Displays Garmin Connext radar precipitation and radar
coverage information (optional).
Additional
Features
XM LTNG
or
DL LTNG
Displays XM lightning information on ‘Navigation Map’ Page
(optional).
Abnormal
Operation
Displays Connext Weather lightning information on the
‘Navigation Map’ Page (optional).
Detail
METAR
Displays METAR information on Inset Map (subscription
optional).
Legend
Displays legends for the displayed XM Weather products
(optional).
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through the
following levels:
-----
Detail All: All map features visible.
Detail-3: Declutters land data.
Detail-2: Declutters land and SUA data.
Detail-1: Removes everything except for the active
flight plan.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Level 3
220
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Appendix
Level 2
Charts
Level 3
Description
Flight
Instruments
Level 1
When available, displays optional airport and terminal
procedure charts.
CHRT Opt
Displays chart display settings softkeys.
Displays airport information:
DP
-- Info 1: Displays ‘Airport Information’ Page
-- Info 2: Displays ‘Airport Directory’ Page
Displays departure procedure chart.
STAR
Displays standard terminal arrival procedure chart.
APR
Displays approach procedure chart.
Checklist
Displays NOTAM information for selected airport, when
available.
Hazard
Avoidance
NOTAM
Flight
Management
Info
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Displays the most pertinent chart based on the phase of
flight and loaded procedures in the active flight plan.
EIS
SYNC
When available, displays optional checklists.
Selects the highlighted checklist item.
EXIT
Returns to the top-level softkeys.
EMERGCY
AFCS
DONE
Immediately accesses the emergency procedures.
Additional
Features
LOADING UPDATED DATABASES
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
221
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Appendix
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from
government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the
data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
Annun/Alerts
NOTE: When loading database updates, the ‘DB Mismatch’ message will
be displayed until database synchronization is complete, followed by turning
system power off, then on. Synchronization can be monitored on the ‘AuxDatabase’ Page.
Abnormal
Operation
CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database.
Power interruption during the database loading process could result in maintenance being required to reboot the system.
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
UPDATE DATABASES USING A SUPPLEMENTAL DATA CARD
Update Databases:
With the system OFF, remove an SD Card from the bottom SD card slot of the
MFD.
2) Download and install the databases on an SD card.
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
1)
3)
Put the SD Card in the bottom SD card slot of the MFD.
4)
Turn the system ON.
5)
Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob and select ‘Databases’.
8)
Monitor the Sync Status on the ‘Aux-Databases’ Page. Wait for all
databases to complete syncing, indicated by ‘Sync Complete’ being
displayed. A cyan double-arrow will appear between the ‘Standby’ and
‘Active’ columns to show which Standby databases will be transferred to
‘Active’ at the next power cycle.
9)
Verify the correct database cycle information is shown in the ‘Standby’
column.
NOTE: The Restart Softkey is enabled only when the aircraft is on the ground.
Abnormal
Operation
10) Press the Restart Softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished. A 10 second restart countdown will appear.
Annun/Alerts
11) Press the Restart Button in the display window to continue with the
restart of the system.
12) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
Appendix
13) Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
14) Turn the small FMS Knob and select ‘Databases’.
Index
15) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the ‘Active’
column.
222
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
16) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active
column:
a) Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be
selected.
EIS
b) Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
e) Press the Restart Button in the display window to continue with the
restart of the system.
Hazard
Avoidance
f) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
Flight
Management
d) Press the Restart Softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished. A 10 second restart countdown will appear.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
c) Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating
that the standby database will become active.
g) Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
h) Turn the small FMS Knob and select ‘Databases’.
AFCS
i) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the
‘Active’ column.
Abnormal
Operation
a) Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob and select ‘System Status’.
223
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Appendix
UPDATING DATABASES USING THE WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER
In order to load databases through Garmin Pilot and the wireless transceiver, the
wireless transceiver must be enabled on the system and inserted in the bottom SD slot
of the MFD. A mobile device with Garmin Pilot must be paired with the wireless
transceiver over Bluetooth (Refer to the Additional Features section). When there is at
least one paired device available to connect, the wireless transceiver will automatically
Annun/Alerts
c) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey (MFD1 DB, PFD1 DB) to
show database information for each display. Use the small FMS Knob
to scroll through the database information. Press the ENT Key or the
FMS Knob to exit.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Additional
Features
17) For additional information on each database, press and then turn the FMS
Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the
ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
18) To view database information for an individual display:
connect to the system’s preferred mobile device. The preferred device can be selected
on the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page from a menu list of paired devices.
Once a connection to the paired mobile device is made, Garmin Pilot makes available databases that can be transferred to the wireless transceiver. If any of these databases is more recent than the respective standby database on the system, (or if there is
no standby database on the system) those databases will be automatically selected to
load. The database updates may be initiated from the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page, or from
other pages on the MFD.
NOTE: The system will only provide a WIFI connection if new databases have
been detected for download on Garmin Pilot WIFI a valid Bluetooth connection. If there are no database updates required the system will not provide
a WiFi signal.
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
NOTE: If the mobile device has previously connected to the wireless transceiver, and is not connected to another WIFI source, the mobile device should
connect automatically to the wireless transceiver. If the mobile device is connected to another WIFI source (i.e. hangar WIFI), then the wireless transceiver
will not connect automatically.
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
Update Databases from any MFD page (except the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page):
1) Insert the wireless transceiver SD Card in the bottom slot of the MFD if not
already inserted.
2) Turn the system ON.
3) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
Annun/Alerts
4)
On the mobile device, start Garmin Pilot and touch Home > Connext >
Index
Appendix
Database Concierge.
224
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob and select the ‘Connext Setup’.
7)
Ensure that WIFI Database Import is enabled in the ‘Device’ Window (Refer
to Additional Features section for instructions to enable WIFI Database
Import).
8)
Verify that the mobile device is enabled via Bluetooth in the Bluetooth
settings on the mobile device.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Appendix
In the ‘Paired Devices’ Window on the ‘Connext Setup’ Page, ensure the
system is paired with the mobile device in use. (Refer to Additional Features
for instructions on connection to a preferred device).
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
11) If using a device that has not been previously paired with the system, a
password prompt will appear on the mobile device. Enter the password
shown in the ‘Password’ Field of the ‘Aux - Connext Setup’ Page.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
10) Press the Update Softkey when the following window appears. (Pressing
the View Softkey will allow database updates to be viewed from the
‘Aux Databases’ Page, however, the windows will not appear on the ‘Aux
Databases’ Page. Pressing the Ignore Softkey will postpone the updates
until further action is taken.)
EIS
NOTE: The database updates may now be continued from any MFD page,
however, the update windows shown in these instructions will not be shown
on the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page. Use the instructions for updating databases
from the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page if desired.
Flight
Instruments
9)
12) A window will appear. Database update progress may be monitored on the
mobile device.
Additional
Features
15) Select the Restart Softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished.
AFCS
13) When the transfer is complete, the screen will appear. showing the transfer
is complete.
14) Press the Close Softkey.
Abnormal
Operation
16) Press the Restart Button in the display window to continue with the
restart of the system.
Annun/Alerts
17) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
18) Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
19) Turn the small FMS Knob and select ‘Databases’.
Appendix
20) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the ‘Active’
column.
21) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active
column:
Index
a) Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be
selected.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
225
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
b) Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
c) Verify the correct database cycle information is shown for each
database for each display.
EIS
d) Press the Restart Softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
e) Press the Restart Button in the display window to continue with the
restart of the system.
Flight
Management
f) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
g) Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
h) Turn the small FMS Knob and select ‘Databases’.
Hazard
Avoidance
i) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the Active
column.
AFCS
22) For additional information on each database, press and then turn the FMS
Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the
ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
23) To view database information for an individual display:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
Additional
Features
b) Turn the small FMS Knob and select ‘System Status’.
Abnormal
Operation
c) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey (MFD1 DB, PFD1 DB) to
show database information for each display. Use the small FMS Knob
to scroll through the database information. Press the ENT Key or the
FMS Knob to exit.
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Update Databases from the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page:
1) Insert the wireless transceiver SD Card in the bottom slot of the MFD if not
already inserted.
2) Turn the system ON.
3) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
4)
On the mobile device, start Garmin Pilot and tap Home > Connext >
Index
Database Concierge.
5)
226
Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Appendix
7)
Ensure that WIFI Database Import is enabled in the ‘Device’ Window (Refer
to Additional Features section for instructions to enable WIFI Database
Import).
8)
Verify that the mobile device is enabled via Bluetooth in the Bluetooth
settings on the mobile device.
9)
In the ‘Paired Devices’ Window on the ‘Connext Setup’ Page, ensure the
system is paired with the mobile device in use. (Refer to Additional Features
for instructions on connection to a preferred device).
EIS
Turn the small FMS Knob and select the ‘Connext Setup’.
Flight
Instruments
6)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Management
10) Press the Device Softkey to view databases that are ready to be loaded
from the mobile device (pressing the Stby/Actv Softkey will again display
the current Standby and Active databases).
11) The ‘Aux - Databases’ Page will show the databases connected to the mobile
Hazard
Avoidance
device in place of the active databases on the system. Databases selected to
load to the system will be indicated by a single cyan arrow.
12) Press the Update Softkey.
AFCS
13) If using a device that has not been previously paired with the system, a
password prompt will appear on the mobile device. Enter the password
shown in the ‘Password’ Field of the ‘Aux - Connext Setup’ Page.
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
16) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
Additional
Features
14) Database Update status will appear in the ‘Status’ Window at the top
of the page. Monitor update progress in the ‘Status’ Window, or on the
mobile device.
15) When all databases have been successfully transferred from the mobile
device and appear in the Standby column, remove and reapply power to the
system.
17) Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
18) Turn the small FMS Knob and select ‘Databases’’.
Appendix
19) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the ‘Active’
column.
20) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active
column:
Index
a) Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be
selected.
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
227
Appendix
Flight
Instruments
b) Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
c) Verify the correct database cycle information is shown for each
database for each display.
EIS
NOTE: The Restart Softkey is enabled only when the aircraft is on the ground.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
d) Press the Restart Softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished.
Flight
Management
e) Press the Restart Button in the display window to continue with the
restart of the system.
f) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
Hazard
Avoidance
g) Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
h) Turn the small FMS Knob and select ‘Databases’.
i) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the
‘Active’ column.
Additional
Features
AFCS
21) For additional information on each database, press and then turn the FMS
Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the
ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
22) To view database information for an individual display:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob and select ‘System Status’.
Abnormal
Operation
c) Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating
that the standby database will become active.
DATABASE DELETION FEATURE
Deleting databases:
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
d) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey (MFD1 DB, PFD1 DB) to
show database information for each display. Use the small FMS Knob
to scroll through the database information. Press the ENT Key or the
FMS Knob to exit.
228
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob and select ‘Databases’.
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Appendix
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Delete Databases.’
5)
Press the ENT Key.
6)
A prompt will appear to confirm deletion of all internal databases. Push
the ENT Key.
7)
Another prompt will appear to confirm deletion of all internal databases.
Push the ENT Key.
NOTE: The Restart Softkey is enabled only when the aircraft is on the ground.
9)
Press the Restart Button in the display window to continue with the
restart of the system.
Hazard
Avoidance
Press the Restart Softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished.
Flight
Management
8)
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
4)
EIS
Press the Menu Key.
Flight
Instruments
3)
10) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
AFCS
11) Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
12) Turn the small FMS Knob and select ‘Databases’.
Additional
Features
13) Confirm that all databases have been deleted from the system.
MAGNETIC FIELD VARIATION DATABASE UPDATE
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Load the magnetic field variation database update:
1) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor
is displayed
2) When the upload is complete, the prompt for the next GRS upload is
displayed.
3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor
is displayed. When the upload is complete, the system is ready for use.
Abnormal
Operation
A copy of the current magnetic field variation database (MV DB) is included with
the navigation database. At startup, the system compares this version of the MV DB
with that presently being used by each AHRS (GRS1 and GRS2). If the system determines the MV DB needs to be updated, a prompt is displayed on the MFD.
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
229
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
MAP SYMBOLS
LAND SYMBOLS
Default
Range (nm)
Maximum
Range (nm)
25
40
-- Interstate Highway
(Freeway)
50
400
-- International Highway
(Freeway)
50
400
-- US Highway (National
Highway)
15
150
-- State Highway (Local
Highway)
10
100
4
25
Railroads (RAILROAD)
7.5
25
Large City (> 200,000)
100
1000
Medium City (> 50,000)
50
400
Small City (> 5,000)
25
100
State/Province
750
1000
River/Lake
75
100
Latitude/Longitude (LAT/LON)
1
1000
Symbol
EIS
Land Symbols
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
User Waypoint
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
(Airport)
Highways and Roads
-- Local Road (Local Road)
N/A
Index
Appendix
(Route) or
230
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Appendix
Aviation Symbols
Default Maximum
Range
Range
(nm)
(nm)
Symbol
25
150
1.5
5
Runway Extension
7.5
150
Intersection (INT)
10
40
Non-directional Beacon (NDB)
25
50
VOR
50
250
Visual Reporting Point (VRP)
25
40
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
250
1000
VNAV Constraints
1000
1000
Taxiways (SafeTaxi)
See Additional Features
Abnormal
Operation
Small Airport (Longest Runway < 5000 ft
without control tower) and Heliports
Additional
Features
400
AFCS
50
Hazard
Avoidance
Medium Airport (8100 ft > Longest
Runway ≥ 5000 ft., or Longest Runway <
5000 ft. with control tower)
Flight
Management
1000
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
100
EIS
Large Airport (Longest Runway ≥ 8100 ft)
AIRSPACE SYMBOLS
Symbol
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
*
Class C Airspace Altitude Label
(ceiling/floor)
*
*
Class D Airspace Altitude Label
(ceiling)
*
*
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Index
*
Appendix
Class B Airspace Altitude Label
(ceiling/floor)
Annun/Alerts
Airspace Symbols
Flight
Instruments
AVIATION SYMBOLS
231
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Appendix
Airspace Symbols
Symbol
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
Class B/Terminal Manoeuvring
Area** and surrounding airways**
(CL B/TMA/AWY)
50
150
Class C Airspace/Control Area
(CL C/CTA)
50
100
Class D Airspace/ Class A Airspace
(CL A/D)
10
100
Restricted and Prohibited Areas
(Restricted)
50
100
Military Operations Areas
(MOA (Military))
50
250
50
250
ADIZ, Alert, Danger, and Warning
(Other)
(see below)
Alert
Danger/Warning
* Label placement and range is determined by the system for best display and minimal clutter
** Applies to European airspace only
AIRWAY SYMBOLS
Default
Range (nm)
Maximum
Range (nm)
Low Altitude Airways (V Routes and T
Routes)
50
100
High Altitude Airways (J Routes and Q
Routes)
50
100
Airways Symbols
Symbol
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
ADIZ
232
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Index
Abnormal
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Index
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Additional
Features
190-02184-02 Rev. A
AFCS
CDI 202
Chart Options 137, 139
ChartView 136
Emergency Checklist 158
Emergency Frequency 169
EMER Softkey 158
Engine
Softkey 12–Index-6
Excess Fuel Weight 92
Exhaust Gas Temperature 19–20
Hazard
Avoidance
C
E
Flight
Management
Bearing/distance, measuring 36
Bluetooth 153
Database Importing 153
Data Link Receiver 180
Day/Night View 138, 140
DB Mismatch 221
Dead Reckoning 171
Deleting
Deleting a Stored Flight Plan 69
Deleting the Active or Standy Flight
Plan 67
Departure
Procedure 78
Select 78, 81, 84
Departures
Loading 78
Removing 79
Direct-to 46, 47, 48
Display backup 169
DP Softkey 136, 139
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
B
D
EIS
Airport
Information 40
Airspace
Smart Airspace 46
Alerts
Audio voice 177
Along Track Offset 58, 59
Altitude Constraint 72
Approach
Activating 87
Loading 84
Approach channel 85
Approaches
Activating 87
Loading 86
Removing 88
APR Softkey 137, 139
Arrival procedure 81
Arrivals 82, 83
Assist, Engine Leaning 19–21
Attitude & Heading Reference System
(AHRS) 185, 193, 195
Audio Panel Fail-Safe Operation 169
Automatic Descent Mode 166, 167
Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS)
AFCS Status Alerts 179
Aviation Symbols 231
Closest Point 60
Cloud Tops 110
Combination Modes (VNV, APR, NAV,
BC, GA) 131
COM Tuning Failure 169
Connext 140
Contacts 142
Country Code 144
Cylinder Head Temperature 11
Flight
Instruments
A
Index-1
F
G
Fail-Safe Operation 169
Flight Director (FD) 131
Flight Path Angle
Default modification 74
Flight Path Angle (FPA) 74
Flight Plan 153
Flight Plan View 49
Standby Flight Plan 57, 58
Stored Flight Plan 67, 69
Flight Plan, Active
Creating 49
Flight Planning
Activating a Flight Plan Leg 56
Activating the Standby Flight Plan 57
Copy a Stored Flight Plan 68
Copy to the Standby Flight Plan 57
Creating 50
Deleting a Stored Flight Plan 69
Deleting the Active or Standby Flight
Plan 67
Inverting a Flight Plan 67, 68
Parallel Tracks 60
Split Screen 49
Waypoint/Airway Modifications 52
Flight Plan Progress 49
FliteCharts 138
Fly-by Waypoint 54
Fly-over Waypoint 54
Fuel 219
Calculations 15
Flow 14
Totalizer 219
Fuel Calculations 20
Fuel Flow 11
Fuel reserve weight 91
Garmin Connext Weather 98
GPS Approach Mode 132
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Index
Index-2
H
High Airspeed Protection 166
Holding
User Defined 61, 62
Hypoxia 166
I
IFR/VFR Charts 140
Incoming Calls 143
Inverting a Flight Plan 67, 68
IOI 206, 208
Iridium Satellite Network 144
L
Land Symbols 230
Lateral Modes 130
LOC Approach Mode 132, 133
Low Airspeed Protection 166
M
Map Orientation
Flight Plan Map 50
Marker Beacon 25
Minimum descent altitude, barometric
6
Missed Approach 89
Mode Selection Softkeys 25
N
Nearest
Airport 39, 40, 85
Airport Surface Matching 40
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Index
R
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
U
User-Defined Holding Pattern 61, 62,
63
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
Index-3
Index
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Abnormal
Operation
SBAS 95, 195
Scheduler 159
SiriusXM Radio
Presets 156
Volume 157
SiriusXM Weather
Icing 114
Smart Airspace 46
Softkeys 215–222
EIS 219
PFD 215
Split Screen
Flight Plan Views 49
Standby Flight Plan 50, 57, 58
Standby Navigation Database 222
STAR Softkey 137, 139
Additional
Features
S
AFCS
Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC)
206, 208
ROC 206
Hazard
Avoidance
Parallel Track 60
Pending Flight Plan 64, 65
P. POS Link 58
TA 178
Tachometer 11, 14
Telephone Communication 141
Temperature Compensated Altitude 90
Temperature Compensated Minimums
90
Terminal Procedures Charts 136, 138
Terrain 190
Terrain Awareness and Warning System
(TAWS) 207
Terrain Proximity 118
Text Messaging (SMS) 145
Managing Text Messages 148
Predefined Text Messages 147
Sending a Predefined Text Message
147
Sending a Text Message 146
Text Message Boxes 148
Text Message Symbols 145
Viewing a Text Message When Received 146
TOPO Data 36
TOPO Scale 37
Traffic Advisory (TA) 178
Transponder 23, 218
True Airspeed (TAS) 185, 186
Flight
Management
P
T
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Obstacles 190, 195
Oil Pressure 11, 14
Oil Temperature 11
Outgoing Calls 144
EIS
O
Stuck Microphone 169
Surface Analysis 112
SurfaceWatch 153
SYNC Softkey 136
Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) 203
System Page (EIS) 20
Flight
Instruments
Nearest Airports, Frequency Tuning 23
NEXRAD 109
No Compare 178
NOTAM Softkey 137
V
Vectors to Final 87
Vertical Navigation (VNV)
Direct-to 59, 76
Vertical Situation Display (VSD) 76
Video Setup 159
VNAV 204
VNV guidance
Enabling 70
VOR Approach Mode 131
VRP 231
VS TGT 74
W
Waypoints
Airports 39
User Waypoints 41, 42
Waypoint Selection Submenu 52
Wind data 6
Wireless Transceiver 223
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Index
Index-4
Cockpit Reference Guide for the Cirrus SR2x with Cirrus Perspective+ by Garmin
190-02184-02 Rev. A
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
p: 913.397.8200 f: 913.397.8282
Aircraft On Ground (AOG) Hotline: 913.397.0836
Aviation Dealer Technical Support: 888.606.5482
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
p: 503.581.8101 f: 503.364.2138
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Hounsdown Business Park
Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR U.K.
Tel: +44 (0) 238 052 4000
Fax: +44 (0) 238 052 4004
Aviation Support: +44 (0) 370 850 1243
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road
Xizhi District, New Taipei City, Taiwan
p: 34-93-357-2608 f: 34-93-429-4484
www.garmin.com
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A.
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Hounsdown Business Park
Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR U.K.
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road
Xizhi District, New Taipei City, Taiwan
Contact Garmin Product Support at www.flygarmin.com.
For warranty information refer to www.flygarmin.com.
© 2016-2017, 2019©Garmin
Ltd. or Ltd.
its subsidiaries
2016 Garmin
or its subsidiaries
190-02184-02Rev.
Rev.
190-02184-00
1TPA
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising